PSQ Holdings, Inc 10-K for FY2025
PSQ Holdings, Inc. (PSQH)
10-K
2026-03-17
For: 2025-12-31
View Original
Added on
April 08, 2026
About this 10-K
PSQ Holdings, Inc filed this 10-K on March 17, 2026, covering the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (FY2025).
Headline figures
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, as reported in this filing, compared with the same period a year earlier where the filing states it.
- Revenue
- $18.22M
- up 81.1% from $10.06M a year earlier
- Net loss
- $36.61M
- compared with a net loss of $57.69M a year earlier
- Diluted EPS
- -$0.81
- compared with -$1.80 a year earlier
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
For the fiscal year ended December 31 , 2025
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-40457
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (IRS Employer Identification No.) | |||||||
| (Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) | |||||||
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Not applicable
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||||||||||||
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
| Large accelerated filer | o | Accelerated filer | o | ||||||||
| x | Smaller reporting company | ||||||||||
| Emerging growth company | |||||||||||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. o
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. o
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x
As of June 30, 2025, the last business day of the registrant’s last completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the Class A common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $78.8 million based on the closing price per share of the registrant’s Class A common stock, on June 30, 2025, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange. For the purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director and affiliate based on public filings and other information known to the registrant have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of March 13, 2026, there were 48,717,235 shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Specified portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the "Proxy Statement") with respect to the registrant’s 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | |||||
F-1 | |||||
i
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Various statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PSQ Holdings, Inc. are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this report, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and are based on information currently available to our management. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “contemplates,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “likely,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions or words, identify forward-looking statements. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in our forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and involve inherent risks and uncertainties, including risks and uncertainties that could delay, divert or change these expectations, and could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under Part I, Item 1A: “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.
This report contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this report is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise and subject to change.
All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We caution investors not to rely on the forward-looking statements we make or that are made on our behalf as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation and specifically decline any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
We encourage you to read the management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and our consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. There can be no assurance that we will in fact achieve the actual results or developments we anticipate or, even if we do substantially realize them, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Therefore, we can give no assurances that we will achieve the outcomes stated in those forward-looking statements, projections and estimates.
Risk Factor Summary
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in this Item 1A, that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock or public warrants and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:
•We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows in the past and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.
•We may require substantial additional capital to support our operations and growth, and such capital may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
•Our liquidity could be adversely affected by reserve, collateral, or prefunding requirements imposed by partners or networks.
•If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our operations could be strained and our business could be harmed.
•We received a written notice from the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") that we are not in compliance with continued listing standards, and if we fail to regain compliance, our Class A Common Stock would be delisted.
ii
•We currently rely upon third-party providers of cloud-based infrastructure to host our products. Any disruption in the operations of these third-party providers, limitations on capacity or interference with our use could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
•Determining the Company's allowance for credit losses requires many assumptions and complex analyses. If the Company's estimates prove incorrect, PSQ Holdings, Inc. may incur net charge-offs in excess of its reserves, or may be required to increase its provision for credit losses, either of which would adversely affect our results of operations.
•Our business faces significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
•Our FinTech-focused strategy may not be successful, and changes to our strategy or priorities could adversely affect our business.
•Our success depends on key personnel, and we may be unable to attract or retain qualified employees or successfully transition leadership responsibilities.
•Our success depends on attracting, onboarding and retaining merchants, retailers, campaigns and non-profits and converting contracted relationships and sales leads into sustained transaction volume.
•We rely on originating bank partners, processing partners, card networks and ACH participants. If any of our agreements are terminated, and we are unable to replace such agreements, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.
•Current and future government regulations may negatively impact the demand for our services or the products offered by the merchants we service which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
•Our revenue may be impacted, to a significant extent, by the general economy, the creditworthiness of the U.S. consumer and the financial performance of our business partners and customers.
•We may pursue acquisitions, investments, or partnerships, and we may not realize the expected benefits of those arrangements.
•The market for political fundraising and payment processing platforms is highly concentrated, and PSQ Impact may be unable to compete effectively against established providers.
•We are or may be subject to numerous risks relating to the need to comply with data and information privacy laws.
•We are subject to cybersecurity risks and interruptions or failures in our information technology systems and as we grow, we will need to expend additional resources to enhance our protection from such risks.
•Management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 and as of December 31, 2025, this material weakness remains unremedied. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
•If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary intellectual property (“IP”) rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
•Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to our directory information and services on the internet, which in turn relies on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers.
iii
•Our business is subject to extensive regulation, examination, oversight, and supervision in a variety of areas, all of which are subject to change and uncertain interpretation. Changes in federal, state, or local laws and regulations, as well as changes to regulatory enforcement policies and priorities, and changes in public perception of our lines of business may negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
•Current and future government regulations may negatively impact the demand for our services and negatively impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
•We may be exposed to risk if we cannot enhance, maintain, and adhere to our internal controls and procedures.
•Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.
•As of February 27, 2026, we are no longer a "controlled company", and as a result, we are required to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements in the NYSE listing standards, subject to certain phase-in periods. Failure to do so may lead to escalating consequences up to and including potential delisting of the Company’s Class A Common Stock from the NYSE.
•Natural disasters, including but not limited to unusual weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks, terrorist acts and political events could disrupt our business schedule.
iv
PART I
Item 1. Business
Unless the context otherwise requires, throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words “PSQH,” “we,” “us,” the “registrant” or the “Company” refer to PSQ Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (as applicable).
On February 23, 2023, PSQ Holdings, Inc. (now PublicSq. Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) (“Private PSQ”) completed a stock-for-stock transaction to purchase 100% of the outstanding shares of EveryLife, Inc. (“EveryLife”), a Delaware corporation, in exchange for 1,071,229 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Private PSQ.
On July 19, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), we consummated the transactions contemplated by that Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 27, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”), each by and among PublicSq. Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Private PSQ”), Colombier Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Colombier”), Colombier-Liberty Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Colombier (“Merger Sub”), and Colombier Sponsor, LLC (the “Colombier Sponsor”), a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as purchaser representative, for the purposes set forth in the Merger Agreement, which, among other things, provided for the merger of Private PSQ into Merger Sub with Private PSQ surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Colombier (the “Business Combination”). At the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), Colombier changed its name to “PSQ Holdings, Inc.” Colombier was incorporated in the State of Delaware in February 2021.
On March 13, 2024, we entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Credova Merger Agreement”) with Cello Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary (“Credova Merger Sub”), Credova Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Credova”), and Samuel L. Paul, in the capacity as the Seller Representative in accordance with the terms of the Credova Merger Agreement. Pursuant to the Credova Merger Agreement, on March 13, 2024, the transactions which are the subject of the Credova Merger Agreement were consummated (the “Credova Closing”) and Credova Merger Sub merged with and into Credova (the “Credova Merger”), with Credova surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PSQ Holdings, Inc. In connection with the Credova Merger, each share of Credova was converted into the right to receive newly-issued shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), delivered to the Credova stockholders at the Credova Closing (“Credova Stockholders”). As consideration for the Credova Merger, Credova stockholders received 2,920,993 newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Consideration Shares”). A number of Consideration Shares equal to ten percent (10%) of the Consideration Shares (the “Escrow Shares”) were placed in an escrow account for indemnity claims made under the Credova Merger Agreement. The Escrow Shares remaining in escrow upon the 12-month anniversary of the Credova Closing were released and distributed pro rata to the former stockholders of Credova.
PSQ Holdings, Inc. historically operated under three segments: Financial Technology, Marketplace, and Brands ("Financial Technology", "Marketplace", and "Brands"), however, in August 2025, the Company announced its plan to monetize the Brands segment through the sale of EveryLife and its Marketplace segment through a sale or by strategically repurposing its intellectual property ("IP") to enhance its Financial Technology offerings.
Following further evaluation of market conditions and transaction alternatives, the Company determined during the fourth quarter of 2025 that pursuing a sale or partnership of the Marketplace segment would not be the most efficient use of resources. Accordingly, the Company wound down the Marketplace business as of December 31, 2025, and will not continue development of the Marketplace technology platform as part of its long-term strategy. The Company may evaluate opportunities to leverage certain customer relationships in support of its Financial Technology initiatives.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company continues to actively pursue the monetization of the Brands segment. As of December 31, 2025, PSQ Holdings, Inc. operates under one reportable segment: Financial Technology ("Financial Technology" or "FinTech"). The Financial Technology reportable segment is comprised of three operating segments, Credova, a "Buy Now, Pay Later" company focused on the outdoors & shooting sports industry; PSQ Payments, a "cancel-proof" payments processing company; and PSQ Impact, a payments and fundraising platform serving nonprofit organizations and political campaigns.
Our Business
PSQ Holdings, Inc. is a payments and financial infrastructure company. The Company builds and operates financial infrastructure in highly regulated environments for industries underserved by traditional financial institutions.
1
Our Guiding Principles
We are passionate about moving money for businesses, campaigns, and non-profits that depend on compliant payment solutions.
•Voluntary Exchange: We power lawful commerce between consenting parties. Our role is not to arbitrate transactions, but to ensure customers can transact efficiently, transparently, and without obstruction.
•Money in Motion: Capital is the lifeblood of enterprise. We build infrastructure that simplifies settlement, expands access to liquidity, and accelerates the path to greater scale.
•No Gatekeepers: Highly regulated and politically disfavored industries are often excluded from modern financial tools. We offer resilient rails that maintain compliance and institutional discipline.
•Decentralized Control: Payments technology must increase control - not centralize it. We design systems that respect ownership of funds, data, and customer relationships with less reliance on legacy intermediaries.
•Trust Economy: Operating in high-risk environments requires precision. We establish trust through disciplined underwriting, transparent pricing, regulatory rigor, and white-glove service.
2
Our Business Model
PSQ Holdings, Inc. is building a fully integrated financial ecosystem that spans payments, credit, and the movement of funds. In 2025, we brought together the core pillars of our business—credit, payment processing, and fundraising—to create one dynamic platform (the "Platform"). We combine values alignment, merchant-first relationships, and fintech innovation into one platform. By owning the commerce rails, we seek to create sticky adoption, pricing power, and a moat that positions PSQH to lead the shift from legacy finance.
Financial Technology
Financial Technology consists of PSQ Payments, Credova and PSQ Impact.
PSQ Payments is a leading integrated merchant services solution that facilitates debit card, credit card, and automatic clearing house ("ACH") payments, helping merchants process transactions efficiently and reliably. Credova offers a proprietary retail finance platform and related application programming interfaces (“APIs”) through which Credova is able to offer products in five main categories: (i) merchant-originated products; (ii) closed-end installment loans originated by Credova's bank partners; (iii) Credova-originated loan products; (iv) zero-interest installment products, referred to as “Pay-in-4” and (v) leased merchandise. Credova offers coverage of the full credit spectrum, allowing our merchant customers a wider consumer pool.
Together, PSQ Payments and Credova provide a seamless, unified checkout solution that empowers merchant customers to grow their business in a safe, secure, and reliable environment, where transactions are protected and powered by freedom. By bundling multiple payment types, PSQ Holdings, Inc. offers multiple systems redundancies and sponsor banks, translating to peace of mind and improved economics for our merchant customers, regardless of business industry.
PSQ Impact is a next-generation, low-fee fundraising and payments platform designed to provide modern technology, secure infrastructure, and operational efficiency to political campaigns and values-aligned nonprofit organizations. The platform leverages our PSQ Payments technology to support fundraising campaigns, donations, and charitable contributions, enabling donors to maximize the impact of their contributions through lower processing fees. PSQ Impact enhances donor data privacy by facilitating a direct relationship between donors and the campaigns or causes they support, and offers additional payment capabilities, including cryptocurrency donations and digital wallet acceptance (such as Apple Pay and Google Pay).
In addition, PSQ Impact provides campaigns, committees, agencies, and non-profits with a resilient, cancel-resistant payments infrastructure designed to protect uninterrupted fundraising operations. The platform also offers AI-powered tools and analytics that deliver automated reporting and real-time performance insights, enabling organizations to monitor fundraising activity and optimize campaign effectiveness.
Products and Services
Our FinTech division operates a proprietary credit platform for the purpose of facilitating loans, installments and leases to customers of retail stores and merchants as an alternative to traditional financing. Credova has developed and maintains a point-of-sale financing platform providing “Buy Now, Pay Later” solutions to merchants operating both brick and mortar retail locations, as well as through an integrated API and e-commerce plugin solutions. Through the platform and integrated API solution, merchants using Credova solutions are able to offer their consumers a network of financing solutions for their purchases, allowing them to select from a variety of financing options during the purchase process.
The services and products offered by Credova promote convenience in the borrowing community by providing interest bearing and non-interest-bearing financial products that cover the majority of the credit spectrum. Credova’s proprietary software and application offers consumers a near-frictionless application process with high-quality security to protect the consumer’s information. Financing products are facilitated and signed through Credova’s internet-based platform and closed and funded by Credova or a financing partner. Credova relies on a third-party servicer to service its financing products. Credova seeks to comply with all applicable state and federal statutes and regulations. Credova has adopted rigorous compliance policies and procedures, engages in regular internal and external audits of its practices, and has implemented a schedule of continuous learning and training for its employees.
3
PSQ Payments provides products and services that enable a payment processing solution for its merchant customers across their e-commerce landscape. It has developed a merchant gateway that securely collects data, including merchant data, in a secure tokenized vault and seamlessly integrates with a processor to enable merchants to successfully complete consumer payments. PSQ Payments has also built a merchant portal with dashboards displaying transaction data for merchants to use in connection with the services. Additionally, PSQ Payments has developed integrations with many of the most popular SaaS platforms, including Shopify, Magento, WooCommerce, and more. Finally, PSQ Payments has created an onboarding and underwriting flow to assist and facilitate merchant approvals with processors.
PSQ Impact provides an integrated suite of payment processing, fundraising, data management, and analytics tools intended to support campaigns, committees, and values-aligned nonprofit organizations, allowing them to solicit, process, and manage contributions efficiently and securely. PSQ Impact enables the campaigns or organizations to accept and process contributions through our proprietary payments infrastructure, PSQ Payments. The platform supports a range of contribution types and payment methods, including credit and debit cards, digital wallets (such as Apple Pay and Google Pay), and cryptocurrency donations. By operating a vertically integrated payments stack, the Company seeks to reduce reliance on third-party processors and provide greater continuity and control over transaction processing. Additionally, PSQ Impact provides data management functionality that facilitates direct data relationships between donors and the campaigns or organizations they support. The platform is designed to allow campaigns or organizations to retain access to and control over donor information generated through fundraising activities, subject to applicable laws and regulations, and to reduce reliance on shared or third-party fundraising data ecosystems.
Credova's offerings include:
•Merchant-originated products
•Closed-end installment loans originated by Credova's bank partners
•Credova-originated loan products
•Zero-interest installment products ("Pay-in-4")
•Leased merchandise
PSQ Payment's offerings include:
•Merchant Gateway
•Merchant support platform
PSQ Impact's offerings include:
•Fundraising and donation processing platform
•Data management
•Analytical tools
Customers and Markets
PSQH serves a total addressable market that extends beyond specific commerce verticals. Being a champion for financial liberty means providing products to support those who have been ignored, discriminated against, de-platformed, and de-banked.
Credova’s services allow merchants to offer point of sale financing options for the purchase of consumer goods online and in store. The intended market includes consumers making purchases from retailers with a focus on those shopping in the outdoor recreation industry and others. The creditworthiness of consumers is largely determined based on credit scores provided by national credit reporting agencies and other proprietary underwriting criteria.
4
The need for payments processing services is ubiquitous—merchants need a way to securely accept payments from consumers in order to confidently complete transactions. Regardless of industry, merchants and consumers expect seamless, mobile-friendly, and secure transactions when booking trips, purchasing gear, or subscribing to memberships. Many traditional payment processors categorize certain industries—including shooting sports and firearms retailers—as high risk, leading to higher fees, stricter underwriting, and frequent account terminations. Businesses in sectors like hunting, fishing, firearms, and adventure tourism often turn to specialized payment processors that offer tailored solutions, including chargeback protection, risk assessment tools, and compliance support. As digital payments become more prevalent in these markets, providers must balance fraud prevention with customer convenience while navigating complex legal and financial landscapes.
PSQ Impact primarily serves political campaigns, political committees, and values-aligned nonprofit and advocacy organizations operating within the United States. The Company’s customers range from local and state-level organizations to national campaigns and affiliated entities that utilize the platform to process contributions, manage donor data, and access fundraising analytics and related services. Demand for the Company’s offerings is influenced by election cycles, fundraising activity levels, and broader political and regulatory developments. In addition to political organizations, the Company also targets values-aligned nonprofit organizations and related groups that require secure, scalable fundraising and payment processing solutions. These organizations rely on digital platforms to accept contributions, manage donor information, and monitor fundraising performance, particularly during election cycles and periods of heightened fundraising activity. Similar to other specialized payments markets, political and advocacy organizations may face higher fees, operational friction, or service interruptions from traditional payment processors due to industry-specific risk considerations and regulatory complexity. As a result, these organizations often seek purpose-built fundraising and payment solutions that emphasize data control, transaction continuity, and compliance support while maintaining a seamless donor experience across web and mobile channels.
Competition
Both Credova and PSQ Payments operate in complex and fast-paced environments with competition from numerous competitors. Credova competes with numerous “Buy Now, Pay Later” services including Affirm, Sezzle, Klarna, and others to attract merchant partners and consumers to use our services. PSQ Payments competes with payments processors offering services to merchants, including Stripe, Elavon, PayPal, and Fortis, to name a few. We compete with all of these companies to attract, engage, and retain merchants and consumers interested in our products and services. While the products and services offered by Credova and PSQ Payments are similar to our competitors, we believe our experience in traditionally underserved markets with complex regulatory regimes are what set us apart. PSQH is an integrated solution offering both credit financing and payment processing solutions designed to support the shooting and outdoor industries.
The market for political fundraising and payment processing platforms is relatively concentrated, with a limited number of providers offering purpose-built solutions for political campaigns, committees, and nonprofit organizations. One provider, WinRed, currently holds a significant share of the market, benefiting from established customer relationships and platform familiarity. Competition is based on factors such as pricing, platform reliability, payment capabilities, data management, regulatory support, and customer service. While switching costs and election-cycle considerations may limit customer movement between platforms, PSQ Impact seeks to compete by offering a modern, technology-enabled platform designed to address evolving customer needs. There can be no assurance the Company will successfully attract customers from incumbent providers or that competition will not adversely affect the Company’s business or results of operations.
Marketing Strategy
PSQH’s marketing strategy focuses on driving merchant adoption and retention by emphasizing its differentiated bundled offering that integrates payments processing with consumer credit solutions. The Company seeks to increase brand awareness and credibility within the shooting sports, outdoor, and adjacent industries through targeted partnerships, industry events, and trusted collaborations rather than broad-based advertising. Marketing efforts highlight operational efficiency, unified support, and long-term partnership value, supported by data-driven digital campaigns and sales enablement initiatives. In addition, PSQH prioritizes merchant storytelling and community-building initiatives to strengthen brand loyalty, demonstrate tangible business outcomes, and position the Company as a strategic growth partner rather than a standalone payments provider.
5
Product & Service Development
The Company's product and service development activities are focused on meeting customer needs, supporting scalable growth, and maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Development priorities are informed by market analysis, portfolio performance, customer feedback, and industry trends, with an emphasis on functionality, reliability, and risk management across service lines.
Credova's current product mix has been developed based on ongoing analysis of consumer demand and credit portfolio performance across a broad range of credit profiles. Product development focuses on providing consumers with access to multiple financing options through a single application, allowing for choice and flexibility while managing credit risk. The platform incorporates customer identification, fraud prevention, consumer verification, and affordability assessments to support responsible lending and financial inclusion.
PSQ Payments develops payment processing solutions leveraging the experience of its management team and industry relationships. Development efforts include proprietary payments infrastructure, such as an independent gateway and secure vault, and partnerships with processors that support merchants operating in higher-risk business categories. These efforts are intended to provide secure, reliable, and scalable payment solutions aligned with merchant needs.
PSQ Impact’s product focuses on enhancing its fundraising and payments platform for political campaigns, committees, and nonprofit organizations. Development initiatives include expanding payment methods, improving proprietary infrastructure, and enhancing data reporting, automation, and analytics capabilities. These efforts are designed to support platform performance, compliance requirements, and transaction continuity during periods of elevated fundraising activity.
Our Competitive Strengths
The Company believes its integrated financial technology offerings, operating expertise, and values-aligned positioning provide competitive advantages within its target markets. The following factors represent what we believe to be our key competitive strengths of the Company.
•Integrated Financing and Payments Capabilities: Through Credova and PSQ Payments, the Company offers merchants access to both consumer financing and payment processing solutions. Management believes the Company is differentiated by its ability to provide these services through an integrated platform, reducing the need for merchants to engage multiple vendors. This integration is intended to support higher transaction conversion, increased order values, and improved operational efficiency for merchants, while generating diversified revenue streams for the Company.
•Inclusive Merchant Support: The Company supports a broad range of merchants, including those operating in industries that may face service limitations from traditional financial services providers. Management believes this inclusive approach allows the Company to address unmet demand and establish long-term relationships with merchants seeking reliable, values-aligned financial technology solutions.
•Platform-Driven Efficiency and Unit Economics: The Company’s FinTech operations are designed to leverage shared infrastructure, data, and customer relationships across its financing, payments, and fundraising platforms. Management believes this approach can support lower customer acquisition costs, improved unit economics, and scalable growth across operating segments.
•Specialized Fundraising and Payments Platform: Through PSQ Impact, the Company provides a payments and fundraising platform tailored to political campaigns, committees, and nonprofit organizations. Product development and infrastructure are designed to support regulatory compliance, transaction continuity, and performance during periods of elevated fundraising activity, such as election cycles.
•Experienced Leadership and Operational Focus: The Company’s product development and operations are led by management teams with experience in consumer financing, payments processing, and regulated financial services. Management believes this experience supports disciplined execution, risk management, and ongoing enhancement of the Company’s financial technology offerings.
6
Our Growth Strategy
The Company’s growth strategy is focused on expanding adoption of its financial technology offerings, optimizing balance sheet performance, and enhancing product capabilities across its financing, payments, and fundraising platforms. Key elements of the strategy include:
•Expand PSQ Payments Merchant Adoption — The Company seeks to grow PSQ Payments by onboarding additional merchants in industries where it has established experience, particularly regulated or higher-risk verticals that may face limitations from traditional providers.
•Scale Credova Consumer Financing — Growth of Credova is focused on increasing merchant participation and transaction volume while maintaining disciplined underwriting, credit quality, and risk-adjusted returns.
•Enhance Underwriting and Portfolio Management — The Company continues to refine its data analytics and underwriting processes to support consistent credit performance and adapt to changing market conditions.
•Prioritize Shorter-Duration Consumer Receivables — The Company emphasizes shorter-duration consumer loans and leases to improve capital turnover, liquidity, and flexibility in managing credit and interest rate risk.
•Expand PSQ Impact Capabilities — PSQ Impact growth efforts focus on enhancing platform scalability, payment method support, and compliance capabilities to support political and nonprofit fundraising activity, including during election cycles.
•Pursue Selective Acquisitions and Maintain Cost Discipline — The Company may pursue acquisitions that complement its financial technology offerings while maintaining a focus on operating efficiency, cost control, and scalable infrastructure.
Our Technology
The Company’s technology investments are focused on supporting its financial technology operations, maintaining scalable and secure infrastructure, and enabling efficient product development across its financing, payments, and fundraising platforms.
•FinTech Platform — The Company operates a proprietary financial technology platform that supports consumer financing, payment processing, and fundraising activities. Credova facilitates consumer loans and leases offered through participating merchants, incorporating underwriting, servicing, and portfolio management capabilities. PSQ Payments operates proprietary payments infrastructure, including a payment gateway and secure token vault, supporting debit and credit card processing for merchants. PSQ Impact operates a payments and fundraising platform designed to support the transaction, compliance, and reporting needs of political campaigns, committees, and nonprofit organizations.
•Cloud Infrastructure & Security — The Company’s platform is built on cloud-based infrastructure designed for scalability, reliability, and availability. The Company utilizes third-party cloud service providers and established distributed system architectures to support transaction volume, data security, and business continuity. Security controls and monitoring are implemented to support data protection and regulatory compliance.
•Data Analytics and Underwriting Technology — The Company leverages data analytics and technology-enabled decisioning tools to support underwriting, pricing, fraud detection, and portfolio monitoring across its financing products. These capabilities are designed to enhance credit performance, manage risk, and adapt to changing market conditions.
•Development Practices — The Company employs agile development methodologies and automated testing and deployment processes to support timely product enhancements and system reliability. Product development is informed by performance data, regulatory requirements, and customer needs, with a focus on maintaining platform stability and scalability.
7
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property includes trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets. In addition, the FinTech Platform is powered by proprietary technology and certain open-source software. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of development, assignment, and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, and third parties with whom we have relationships, as well as trademark, trade dress, domain name, copyright, and trade secret laws, to protect our brands, proprietary technology, and other intellectual property rights.
Seasonality
We experience seasonal fluctuations in our business as a result of consumer spending patterns, which we expect to mimic the seasonality of our general business in the near term. Historically, consumer activity on our platform generally increases during the fourth quarter of the calendar year due to higher retail spending associated with holiday shopping periods, which may result in higher gross merchandise volume and related revenues during that period. Conversely, the first quarter typically experiences lower consumer spending following the holiday season, which may negatively affect transaction volumes and revenue.
Our results may also be influenced by political and election cycles. Periods surrounding national and state elections, significant political events, or heightened public discourse on political or social issues may lead to increased engagement, traffic, and activity on our platform. Such activity may not occur consistently from period to period and may be followed by periods of reduced demand. As a result of these cyclical and event-driven factors, period-to-period comparisons of operating results may not be indicative of future performance.
Employees
As of December 31, 2025, the Company employed 68 full-time employees supporting its continuing operations, all of whom are based in the United States. None of the Company's employees are represented by a labor union, and the Company believes it maintains good working relationships with its employees.
As of the same date, the Company employed 12 full-time and one part-time employee supporting discontinued operations. One discontinued operations employee was based outside the United States.
Employees supporting continuing operations are primarily engaged in product development, engineering, operations, risk management, finance, compliance, and customer support related to the Company’s financial technology offerings. The Company’s human capital objectives include attracting, developing, and retaining employees with relevant industry experience, supported by competitive compensation and equity-based incentive programs.
Government Regulation
We are subject to a number of U.S. federal and state laws and regulations, as well as foreign ones, that involve matters that are important to, or may otherwise impact, our business and that may affect companies conducting business on the internet, including, but not limited to, internet and e-commerce, labor and employment, anti-discrimination, payments, whistleblowing and worker confidentiality obligations, product liability, intellectual property, consumer protection and warnings, import/export, marketing, taxation, privacy, data security, competition, arbitration agreements and class action waiver provisions, terms of service, and mobile application and website accessibility. These regulations are often complex and subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may change or develop over time through judicial decisions or as new guidance or interpretations are provided by regulatory and governing bodies in the United States and abroad, such as federal, state, and local administrative agencies. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change or uncertain interpretation, and could result in claims, changes to our business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, declines in user growth or engagement, negative publicity, or other harm to our business. See the section titled “Risk Factors — We are or may be subject to numerous risks relating to the need to comply with data and information privacy laws.” and — "Compliance obligations imposed by new privacy laws, laws regulating social media platforms and online speech in the U.S., or industry practices may adversely affect our business.”
8
In the ordinary course of our business, we may process a significant volume of personal information and other regulated information from our users, employees and other third parties. Accordingly, we are, or may become, subject to numerous privacy and data protection obligations, including federal, state, local, and foreign laws, regulations, guidance, and industry standards related to privacy and data protection. Such obligations may include, without limitation, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), and the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”).
The FinTech Platform facilitates online payments, including subscription fees, and therefore we are subject to a variety of laws governing online transactions, payment card transactions and the automatic renewal of online agreements. In the U.S., these matters are regulated by, among other things, the federal Restore Online Shoppers Confidence Act (“ROSCA”) and various state laws. ROSCA and similar state laws to which we are subjected generally require us to disclose clearly and conspicuously the material terms for online transactions, including automatic renewal terms, obtaining a consumer's affirmative consent before charging a payment method, and provide a simple mechanism to cancel recurring subscriptions. Certain state laws also require specific disclosures regarding renewal terms and cancellation, and may impose additional requirements regarding purchase acknowledgements, renewal reminders, and the manner in which cancellation must be offered.
Credova is subject to a range of state and federal laws and regulations concerning consumer finance that change periodically. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to: state lending, licensing, and/or registration laws, consumer credit disclosure laws such as the Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) and other laws concerning credit reports and credit reporting, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (“ECOA”), the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”), a variety of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) and other laws concerning initiating phone calls or text messages, the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, debt collection laws, laws governing short-term consumer loans and general consumer protection laws, such as laws that prohibit unfair, deceptive, misleading or abusive acts or practices.
Credova has certain state lending licenses and other licenses, which subject Credova to supervisory oversight from these licensing authorities, including periodic examinations. Credova’s business is also generally subject to investigation by regulators and enforcement agencies, regardless of whether Credova has a license from such authorities. In the United States, these regulators and agencies at the state level include state licensing agencies, financial regulatory agencies, and state attorneys general. At the federal level in the United States, these regulators and agencies include the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), and the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”).
Certain states have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval by parties that engage in certain activity regarding consumer finance transactions. Furthermore, certain states and localities have also adopted laws requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval for consumer debt collection or servicing, and/or purchasing or selling consumer loans. Credova has obtained lending licenses or made applicable notice filings in certain states, and may in the future pursue obtaining additional licenses or making additional notice filings. The loans Credova may originate on its platform pursuant to these state licenses are subject to state licensing and interest rate restrictions, as well as numerous state requirements regarding consumer protection, interest rate, disclosure, prohibitions on certain activities, and loan term lengths. Credova cannot assure you that it will be successful in obtaining state licenses in other states or that Credova has not yet been required to apply for.
In addition, a number of participants in the consumer finance industry have been and are the subject of putative class action lawsuits; state attorney general actions and other state regulatory actions; federal regulatory enforcement actions, including actions relating to alleged unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”); violations of state licensing and lending laws, including state interest rate limits; actions alleging discrimination on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, or other prohibited bases; and allegations of noncompliance with various state and federal laws and regulations relating to originating and servicing consumer finance loans. Recently, some of Credova’s competitors in the “Buy Now, Pay Later” space are subject to ongoing class action litigation, including allegations of unfair business and deceptive practices.
9
The Company's merchants operate in a complex regulatory and legal environment that could negatively impact the demand for their products and expose the merchants to compliance and litigation risks, which could decrease transaction volume and ultimately affect our operations and financial results. These laws may change, sometimes significantly, as a result of political, economic or social events. Some of the federal, state or local laws and regulations that affect our merchants include, but are not limited to:
•federal, state or local laws and regulations or executive orders that prohibit or limit the sale of certain items offered by Credova’s merchants, such as firearms, black powder firearms, ammunition, bows, knives and similar products;
•the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (the "ATF"), regulations, audit and regulatory policies that impact the process by which Credova’s merchants sell firearms and ammunition and similar policies of state agencies that have concurrent jurisdiction, such as the California Department of Justice;
•laws and regulations governing hunting and fishing;
•laws and regulations relating to consumer products, product liability or consumer protection, including regulation by the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the CFPB, and similar state regulatory agencies;
•laws and regulations relating to the manner in which Credova’s merchants advertise, market or sell their products;
•U.S. customs laws and regulations pertaining to proper item classification, quotas and the payment of duties and tariffs; and
•FTC regulations governing the manner in which orders may be solicited and prescribing other obligations in fulfilling orders and consummating sales.
PSQ Impact provides fundraising and payment processing capabilities for political campaigns, political committees, and nonprofit organizations. As a result, PSQ Impact and its operations are subject to a range of federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing political fundraising, charitable solicitations, payment processing, and the handling of donor and payment information. These requirements vary by jurisdiction and may change over time.
Political campaigns and political committees using PSQ Impact may be subject to the Federal Election Campaign Act ("FECA") and regulations administered by the Federal Election Committee ("FEC"), as well as state and local campaign finance laws. These regulations generally address, among other matters:
•Permissible sources of funds and restrictions on certain contributions, including prohibited contributions;
•Contribution limits and rules governing aggregation and attribution of contributions;
•Required donor information and recordkeeping, including retention of transaction records and contributor data;
•Reporting obligations applicable to political committees, including periodic reporting requirements and required disclosures;
•Refund and redesignation/reallocation procedures for contributions that are not permissible or exceed applicable limits; and
•Election-related communications and disclaimers, including requirements that may apply to certain solicitation or fundraising communications.
State and local jurisdictions may impose additional requirements, including committee registration and reporting rules, donor disclosure requirements, and other election-law compliance obligations.
Nonprofit organizations using PSQ Impact may be organized under Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code, including Section 501(c)(3) and Section 501(c)(4), and may be subject to federal tax rules administered by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding political activity, fundraising, and related reporting. In addition, many states regulate charitable solicitations, including registration and reporting requirements for organizations that solicit donations within a state. These requirements may address, among other matters, solicitation disclosures, recordkeeping, and periodic filings with state regulators.
10
The Company facilitates payment transactions and is subject to, or affect by, laws and contractual operating rules applicable to payment processing. These may include:
•Card network and ACH operating rules, including requirements related to underwriting, transaction monitoring, dispute and chargeback processes, and settlement timing;
•Federal and state laws related to electronic payments and transfers, and other payments-related compliance obligations as applicable to the Company's role in transactions;
•Anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance expectations, including "know your customer" and transaction monitoring practices, which may apply through sponsor bank and processor relationships and related contractual requirements; and
•Federal and state consumer protection laws that may apply to transaction disclosures, confirmations, refunds, and communications, depending on the facts and circumstances.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as all the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. In that event, the trading price of our Class A Common Stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.
Risks Related to Our Financial Performance and Operation Risks Related to Our Business
We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations in prior periods and may not achieve or sustain profitability.
We have incurred net losses and, in certain periods, negative cash flows from operations and we may continue to incur losses as we invest in product development, compliance, risk management, technology, finance, sales and marketing, and customer support. We incurred net losses from continuing operations of $24.9 million and $43.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and negative cash flow from operations of $19.9 million and $34.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on many factors, including our ability to increase transaction volume, improve margins, manage credit losses, reduce chargebacks and fraud, and control operating expenses.
If we do not achieve or sustain profitability, our business would be adversely affected, we would need to raise additional capital, and the trading price of our securities could decline.
We may require substantial additional capital to support our operations and growth, and such capital may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
Our business may require significant capital, including to fund working capital needs, support growth initiatives, satisfy partner reserve requirements, and in the case of consumer financing, to fund or acquire consumer receivables. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our revenue growth, credit performance, regulatory requirements, and the timing and extent of investments in technology and personnel.
If we are unable to access capital when needed, we may need to delay or reduce investments, limit growth, reduce our consumer financing activity, or pursue strategic alternatives. Any additional financing could be dilutive to shareholders and may include restrictive terms.
11
Our liquidity could be adversely affected by reserve, collateral, or prefunding requirements imposed by partners or networks.
Payments processing and certain fundraising activity may require us to maintain reserves, post collateral, or prefund settlement obligations based on factors such as chargeback rates, fraud activity, merchant category risk, processing volume, or perceived operational risk. These requirements can increase rapidly in response to adverse events, even where losses have not yet occurred.
If reserve or collateral requirements increase materially, our liquidity could be adversely affected and our ability to onboard or retain merchants, campaigns, or non-profits or to grow transaction volume could be constrained.
If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our operations could be strained and our business could be harmed.
Scaling payments, consumer financing and fundraising platforms require significant operational, compliance, risk management, finance, and customer support capabilities. As we grow, we must continue to improve our systems, processes and controls, including onboarding and underwriting processes, dispute management, fraud monitoring, regulatory and US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") compliance and customer support.
If we are unable to manage growth effectively, we may experience operational disruptions, service quality issues, increased losses, and regulatory, audit or partner findings, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.
We currently rely upon third-party providers of cloud-based infrastructure to host our products. Any disruption in the operations of these third-party providers, limitations on capacity or interference with our use could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We outsource substantially all of the infrastructure relating to our cloud-accessible products to third-party hosting services. Our cloud-based products depend on protecting the virtual cloud infrastructure hosted by third-party hosting services by maintaining its configuration, architecture, features and interconnection specifications, as well as the information stored in virtual data centers, which is transmitted by third-party internet service providers. Any limitation on the capacity of our third-party hosting services could impede our ability to onboard new consumers and business owners or expand the usage of our existing businesses and consumers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any incident affecting our third-party hosting services’ infrastructure may be caused by human error, intentional bad acts, cybersecurity incidents, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. A prolonged service disruption affecting our cloud-based solutions for any of the foregoing reasons would negatively impact our ability to serve our business owners and consumers and could damage our reputation with current and potential business owners and consumers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose businesses and consumers or otherwise harm our business. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the third-party hosting services we use.
In the event that our service agreements with our third-party hosting services are terminated, or there is a lapse of service, elimination of services or features that we utilize, interruption of internet service provider connectivity or damage to such facilities, we could experience interruptions in access to the Platform as well as significant delays and additional expense in arranging or creating new facilities and services and/or re-architecting our cloud solution for deployment on a different cloud infrastructure service provider, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on various information technology systems, including our licensed Sage-Intacct enterprise resource planning system to manage our operations, which subjects us to inherent costs and risks associated with maintaining, upgrading, replacing and changing systems, including impairment of our information technology, potential disruption of our internal control systems, substantial capital expenditures, demands on management time, adequate training and other risks of delays or difficulties in upgrading, transitioning to new systems or of integrating adjoining systems to our current systems. Such changes or disruptions can have a material adverse impact in delivering financial information on a timely basis to the SEC and the public markets.
12
Our operating results may fluctuate from period to period, which could make our performance difficult to evaluate and could cause volatility in the trading price of our securities.
Our revenue and operating results may fluctuate due to changes in transaction volume, customer mix, take rates, credit performance, chargebacks and fraud losses, interest rates, macroeconomic conditions, and seasonality. In addition, fundraising activity may be volatile and seasonal, including due to election cycles and event-driven dynamics.
As a result, our quarterly and annual results may vary significantly, and such variability could adversely affect our investor perception and the trading price of our securities.
We may not be able to achieve or sustain anticipated cost savings or efficiencies, and cost reduction initiatives could adversely affect our business.
We may implement initiatives intended to reduce costs or improve efficiency, including reorganizations, headcount actions, vendor rationalization, and other measures. These initiatives may not result in the expected savings or may take longer than anticipated to realize benefits.
In addition, cost reduction initiatives can result in unintended consequences, including reduced morale, loss of institutional knowledge, reduced capacity to develop products or support customers, and operational or compliance gaps. If these effects occur, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to our directory information and services on the internet, which in turn relies on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers (“ISPs”). If we or those who engage with our content experience disruptions in such internet service for any reason, such as the failure of ISPs to provide reliable services, or if ISPs are able to block, degrade or charge for access to our content and services, we could incur additional expenses and the loss of traffic and advertisers.
Products and services sold through the Platform depend on the ability of consumers to access the Platform and the services available on the Platform via the internet. Currently, we rely on services from third-party telecommunications providers in order to provide services to our business owners and their customers. In addition, we depend on ISPs to provide uninterrupted and error-free service through their networks. We exercise little control over these third-party providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. Furthermore, telecommunications and ISPs have significant market power in the broadband and internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies, mobile communications companies and government-owned service providers.
Moreover, when internet problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem and confirm whether it is due to the acts and omissions of our service providers or another cause. Service disruption or outages, whether caused by our service, the products or services of our third-party service providers, or our business owners or their customers’ equipment and systems, may result in loss of market acceptance of the Platform and any necessary repairs or other remedial actions may force us to incur significant costs and expenses.
Additionally, laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the internet, including changes to laws or regulations impacting internet neutrality, could decrease the demand for our products or offerings, increase our operating costs, require us to alter the manner in which we conduct our business and/or otherwise adversely affect our business. We could experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede our growth, cause us to incur additional expense or otherwise negatively affect our business. For example, paid prioritization could enable ISPs to impose higher fees and otherwise adversely impact our business. Internationally, government regulation concerning the internet, and in particular, network neutrality, may be developing or may not exist at all. Within such an environment, without network neutrality regulations, we could experience discriminatory or anti-competitive practices that could impede both our and our business owners' domestic and international growth, increase our costs or adversely affect our business.
13
Changes in tax rates, changes in tax treatment of transaction-based and digital services businesses could adversely affect our financial results.
Due to shifting economic and political conditions in both the United States and elsewhere, tax laws, regulations, and rates may change, potentially with retroactive effect. A number of U.S. states and local jurisdictions have adopted, and continue to consider, laws and administrative positions that expand taxing authority over out-of-state businesses and the taxability of technology-enabled services, including fees generated from payment processing, subscription or platform services, and other electronically delivered services. These developments could increase the complexity of determining where we have tax filing obligations, the appropriate tax base, and whether certain revenues are subject to sales, use, gross receipts, or similar transaction-based taxes.
Because our business operates nationally and our products are delivered through technology platforms, we may be required to collect and remit transaction-based taxes in additional jurisdictions, register in new states, or modify billing practices, invoicing, and customer contracting structures. In addition, certain jurisdictions have enacted or are considering "digital services" taxes or other rules targeting technology and online services, which could create overlapping tax regimes and increase our effective tax rate or compliance costs. If our positions regarding nexus, apportionment, sourcing of revenue, or the taxability of our services are challenged by taxing authorities, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $108.5 million and $70.0 million, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, and which may be carried forward indefinitely. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had approximately $41.4 million and $37.0 million of combined state NOL carryforwards, respectively, of which some expire between 2032 and 2044 and some may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductibility of such U.S. federal NOLs each year is limited to 80% of our taxable income for such year. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Section 382"), the amount of benefits from our NOL carryforwards may be impaired or limited if we incur a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has completed a Section 382 study through September 30, 2025, and has determined that an ownership change did occur on February 23, 2023. As a result, our use of our U.S. federal NOL carryforwards will likely be limited. Any such disallowance may result in greater tax liabilities than we would incur in the absence of such a limitation and any increased liabilities could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
We hold a portion of our cash and cash equivalents that we use to meet our working capital needs in deposit accounts that could be adversely affected if the financial institutions holding such funds fail.
We currently hold, and in the future, may hold, a portion of our cash and cash equivalents that we use to meet our working capital needs in deposit accounts at financial institutions. The balance held in these accounts may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) standard deposit insurance limit of $250,000. If a financial institution in which we hold such funds fails or is subject to significant adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets, we could be subject to a risk of loss of all or a portion of such uninsured funds or be subject to a delay in accessing all or a portion of such uninsured funds. If any financial institution in which we hold funds for working capital were to fail, we cannot provide any assurances that the FDIC or other governmental agencies would take action to protect our uninsured deposits.
Natural disasters, including but not limited to unusual weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks, terrorist acts and political events could disrupt our business schedule.
The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, including but not limited to tornadoes, hurricanes, fires, floods and earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemics and endemic outbreaks, terrorist attacks or disruptive political events in certain regions where our facilities are located, or where our third-party contractors’ and suppliers’ facilities are located, could adversely affect our business. Natural disasters including tornados, hurricanes, floods and earthquakes may damage our facilities or those of our business partners or customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Terrorist attacks, actual or threatened acts of war or the escalation of current hostilities, or any other military or trade disruptions could cause or act to prolong an economic recession in the United States or abroad. In addition, the disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans and, more generally, any of these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease, which could adversely impact our operations.
14
Risks Related to Our Business Strategy and Industry
Our FinTech-focused strategy may not be successful, and changes to our strategy or priorities could adversely affect our business.
We are focused on building and scaling financial technology solutions, including payments processing, consumer financing and fundraising and payments infrastructure or organizations. Execution of this strategy depends on many factors, including product-market fit, competitive dynamics, the availability and performance of key partners, regulatory developments and our ability to hire, retain and effectively manage qualified personnel.
If we are unable to execute our strategy, if our strategy does not achieve the intended results, or if we make strategic decisions that do not anticipate market, regulatory or technology changes, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our business faces significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
We compete with a wide range of participants, including large payment processors and merchant acquirers, banks and non-bank lenders, "Buy Now, Pay Later" ("BNPL") providers, fundraising technology providers and numerous fintech and software companies. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories, stronger brand recognition, more established customer relationships, and greater financial, sales, marketing and engineering resources.
Competitive pressures could result in reduced transaction volumes, lower take rates, higher customer acquisition and retention costs and reduced margins. If we do not compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our success depends on attracting, onboarding and retaining merchants, retailers, campaigns and non-profit organizations, and we may not successfully convert our sales leads or contracts into sustained transaction volume.
Our growth depends in part on our ability to identify and onboard merchants and organizations and to expand relationships with existing customers. Even where we have executed contracts or other arrangements, customers may delay, reduce or discontinue implementation, may not generate expected volumes, or may terminate relationships in accordance with contractual terms.
The sales cycle for payments and fundraising solutions can be lengthy and may require integration work, compliance reviews, operational changes and training. If we fail to convert our pipeline into active processing volume on a timely basis, or at all, our revenue growth and operating results could be adversely affected.
Adverse publicity or reputational harm could materially adversely affect our business.
Our business is sensitive to public perception and trust. Negative publicity or reputational harm could arise from many sources, including actual or perceived service outages, fraud events, data security incidents, regulatory actions, litigation, merchant or consumer disputes, or public attention regarding the categories of merchants and organizations we serve.
Reputational harm could result in reduced transaction volume, loss of customers, increased scrutiny from regulators and partners, and difficult attracting employees and commercial partners. Any of these effects could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to keep pace with changes in technology, payment methods and customer expectations.
The FinTech and payments industries evolve rapidly, including changes in consumer preferences, payment methods, network rules, fraud patterns, security standards and regulatory requirements. We must continue to develop and enhance our products to remain competitive and to meet changing requirements.
If we fail to anticipate or respond effectively to these changes, if product development efforts are delayed or unsuccessful, or if new features do not achieve adoption, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
15
Our success depends on key personnel, and we may be unable to attract or retain qualified employees or successfully transition leadership responsibilities.
Our ability to execute our strategy depends on the contributions of key executives and other highly skilled personnel in engineering, product, risk, finance, compliance, operations, and sales. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may not be able to attract, integrate or retain qualified employees.
Changes in leadership or loss of key personnel could disrupt operations, delay product development, weaken relationships with partners and customers, and impair our ability to execute our strategy, any of which could materially adversely affect our business. In June 2025, James Rinn succeeded Brad Searle as Chief Financial Officer. In January 2026, Michael Seifert resigned from his positions of President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors, and Dusty Wunderlich was appointed to the role of Chief Executive Officer and replaced Michael Seifert as Chairman of the board of directors. Also in January 2026, Michael Perkins succeeded Michael Hebert as Chief Operating Officer. If our senior management team fails to work together effectively and to execute our plans and strategies, including as a result of these recent executive transitions, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to successfully develop, launch, and maintain new products or enhance existing products.
Product development involves substantial risks, including risk of delayed delivery, defects or failures, higher-than-expected development costs, security vulnerabilities, and failure to achieve customer adoption. Product development is also influenced by partner and network requirements and regulatory developments.
If we are unable to develop, launch or maintain products that meet customer needs or if our products contain defects or fail to perform as expected, we may lose customers, incur liability and reputational harm, and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may pursue acquisitions, investments, or partnerships, and we may not realize the expected benefits of those arrangements.
From time to time, we may evaluate acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic partnerships to expand our capabilities, customer base or product offerings. These transactions can involve significant risks, including integration challenges, diversion of management attention, higher-than-expected costs, and difficulties in achieving anticipated synergies.
If we are unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses or technologies, or if such transactions do not perform as expected, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may not be able to complete the planned divestiture of the Brands segment on the expected timeline or at all, and any proceeds may be less than anticipated.
We have classified the Brands segment as held for sale and are pursuing a divestiture of this segment. The completion, timing, and terms of any divestiture are subject to a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control, including market conditions, the availability of qualified buyers, buyer financing, due diligence findings, and negotiation of definitive agreements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to complete the divestiture on the expected timeline or at all.
Even if the divestiture is completed, the consideration we receive may be lower than anticipated, may be subject to adjustments, escrows, indemnities, earn-outs, or other contingent terms, and may be received over time rather than at closing. We may also incur additional costs related to the divestiture process, including professional fees, separation and transition costs, and retained liabilities. If the divestiture is delayed or not completed, or if proceeds are less than anticipated, our liquidity and capital resources could be adversely affected.
16
Risks Related to PSQ Payments
Our payments processing business depends on relationships with sponsor banks and processing partners, and the loss of, or changes in, these relationships could disrupt our business.
Our ability to provide payments processing services depends on relationships with sponsor banks, processing partners and other participants in the payments ecosystem. These relationships may be governed by agreements that are terminable and may permit changes to pricing, reserve requirements, underwriting criteria, compliance oversight or other terms.
If a sponsor bank or processor terminates its relationship with us, imposes additional restrictions, or materially increases pricing or reserve requirements, we may experience service disruption, reduced processing capacity, increased costs, or delays in onboarding or retaining merchants and organizations. Replacing these relationships may not be possible on acceptable terms or at all.
We are subject to the rules of card networks and the ACH network, and failure to comply or changes in these rules could adversely affect our business.
Card networks and the ACH network impose extensive rules and standards that govern merchant onboarding, transaction processing, data security, dispute management and prohibited activities. These rules can change, may be interpreted differently over time, and can be enforced through fines, penalties, increased monitoring, or termination of access.
If we or our merchants fail to comply with these rules, or if the rules change in ways that increase our costs or limit our ability to serve certain customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Chargebacks, fraud and disputes could result in significant costs, losses and reputational harm and could lead to partner or network action against us.
Chargebacks and disputes can arise for many reasons, including fraud, merchant non-fulfillment, consumer dissatisfaction, or processing errors. We may be responsible for certain chargebacks or other losses, including where merchants are unable or unwilling to cover obligations.
Elevated chargeback rates or fraud losses can lead to increased fees, reserves, or termination by sponsor banks, processors or networks, and may require us to restrict or terminate merchant relationships. Any of these outcomes could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our merchant underwriting, onboarding, and monitoring controls may be insufficient to prevent losses or compliance issues.
We are responsible for onboarding and monitoring merchants in accordance with partner and network requirements. If our underwriting, monitoring, or risk controls fail to identify high-risk or non-compliant merchants, we could experience increased chargebacks, fraud, fines and reputational harm.
Merchant risk can change over time, including due to changes in business practices, product mix, or financial condition. If we do not effectively monitor these changes, our losses and compliance exposure could increase.
Our processing volumes and economics may be adversely affected by changes in interchange, assessment fees, network rules or pricing by third-party partners.
The economics of payments processing are influenced by network fees, interchange, assessments, chargeback fees, and pricing charged by sponsor banks, processors and other partners. These fees and rules can change, and increases may not be fully passed through to merchants.
If our costs increase materially, or if competitive dynamics limit our ability to adjust pricing, our margins could decline, and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Operational failures, errors, or outages in transaction processing or settlement could harm our business and expose us to liability.
17
Payments processing requires highly reliable systems and processes. Errors in authorization, settlement, reconciliation, or reporting can lead to financial losses, customer dissatisfaction, regulatory scrutiny and contractual liability.
If we experience material operational failures, including due to systems outages, third-party failures, or internal process breakdowns, our business and reputation could be materially adversely affected.
If we are unable to maintain compliance with security standards, including Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard ("PCI-DSS"), or if our tokenization or vaulting solutions are compromised, our business could be harmed.
Payments processing requires compliance with security standards and the protection of sensitive cardholder and bank account data. Failure to maintain PCI-DSS compliance or other security requirements can result in assessments, fines, mandated remediation, increased monitoring or loss of processing access.
If our security controls, including any tokenization and vaulting functionality, are compromised or perceived to be inadequate, we could face significant costs, contractual liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.
Risks Related to PSQ Impact
PSQ Impact has a limited operating history, and we may not be successful in scaling this business or achieving expected results.
PSQ Impact is a newer offering. Its success depends on our ability to attract and retain campaigns and non-profit organizations, provide reliable platform performance during periods of high volume, and maintain compliance and risk controls suitable for fundraising activity.
We may not achieve expected adoption, revenue, or transaction volume. If PSQ Impact does not scale as anticipated, our overall growth strategy and financial results could be adversely affected.
The market for political fundraising and payment processing platforms is highly concentrated, and PSQ Impact may be unable to compete effectively against established providers.
The market for technology-enabled fundraising and payment processing platforms serving political campaigns, committees, and certain nonprofit organizations is relatively concentrated, with a limited number of providers holding significant market share. These providers may benefit from established brand recognition, long-standing relationships with campaigns and consultants, existing integrations with campaign workflows and third-party service providers, and familiarity among donors. Campaigns may be reluctant to adopt a new platform due to switching costs, implementation timelines, and risk of disruption during peak fundraising periods and election cycles. If PSQ Impact is unable to overcome these adoption barriers or is unable to establish sufficient differentiation to gain meaningful market share and scale, PSQ Impact's growth and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Fundraising and payments activity can be highly seasonal and volatile, which may cause fluctuations in our results.
Fundraising volumes may vary significantly based on election cycles, political and social events, campaign timelines and donor behavior. As a result, transaction volume, revenue, and operating results related to PSQ Impact may fluctuate materially from period to period.
This volatility can make it difficult to forecast and manage operating expenses and could adversely affect investor perception and the trading price of our securities.
Fundraising activity involves heightened compliance risk, and failures could result in regulatory action, litigation, losses and reputational harm.
Fundraising activity may implicate complex federal, state and local laws and regulations, including requirements relating to prohibited contributions, contributor verification, record retention, reporting, and refund practices. Our customers may have their own compliance obligations, and we may be required to support them through platform functionality and controls.
If we fail to maintain appropriate controls or processes, we could be subject to regulatory inquiries, enforcement actions, customer claims, fines, penalties, contractual liability and reputational harm.
18
We may face elevated chargebacks, refunds and dispute activity in connection with fundraising transactions, which could increase losses and costs.
Donation transactions may involve higher rates of chargebacks, refunds, disputes or allegations of unauthorized activity than traditional commerce transactions. These dynamics can increase operational costs and may result in financial losses, including where chargebacks are not recoverable.
Elevated chargeback rates may also lead partners, networks or sponsor banks to require higher reserves, impose additional monitoring, or restrict processing for certain organizations, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.
Our fundraising platform may be subject to partner sensitivity and reputational risk, which could limit growth or disrupt operations.
Fundraising activity can attract heightened public attention and scrutiny. Adverse publicity, allegations of misconduct by a customer organization, or public controversy can negatively impact our reputation and may influence the willingness of banks, processors, networks, or other service providers to support our platform.
If key partners restrict or terminate services, or if we are required to restrict certain customers to maintain access to payment rails, our fundraising platform operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our fundraising customers may experience operational or compliance failures, and we may be subject to claims arising from those failures.
Organizations that use fundraising platforms may face operational challenges, including inaccurate reporting, contributor disputes, or alleged violations of campaign finance or charitable solicitation requirements. Even where the organization is primarily responsible, we may be named in claims or may be required to provide refunds, support investigations, or undertake remediation.
Such matters can be costly to defend, may result in contractual liability, and could harm our reputation and relationships with partners.
Risks Related to Credova
The consumer finance and BNPL industry has become subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, and Credova’s failure to manage its business to comply with new regulations would materially and adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
BNPL arrangements are coming under increased attention and scrutiny by regulators in various jurisdictions, including those jurisdictions in which Credova operates. There is potential that Credova may become subject to additional legal or regulatory requirements if laws or regulations change in the future, the interpretation of laws and regulations changes in the future, industry standards for consumer finance and BNPL arrangements change in the future, or regulators more heavily scrutinize consumer finance and BNPL arrangements. This increased risk may relate to state lending licensing or other state licensing or registration requirements, regulatory requirements concerning consumer finance and BNPL arrangements, consumer protection or consumer finance matters, or similar limitations on the conduct of Credova’s business. There is a risk that additional or changed legal, regulatory and industry compliance standards may make it economically unfeasible for Credova to continue to operate, or to expand in accordance with its strategy. This would likely have a material adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations and financial condition, including by preventing Credova’s business from reaching sufficient scale.
Credova operates in a highly competitive industry, and Credova’s inability to compete successfully would materially and adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Credova operates in a highly competitive and dynamic industry with a low barrier to entry, which makes increased competition more likely. Credova’s technology platform faces competition from a variety of existing businesses and new market entrants, including competitors with BNPL products and those who enable transactions and commerce via digital payments.
19
New entrants may enter our market at any time, which may disrupt Credova’s business and decrease Credova’s market share. Credova expects competition to intensify in the future, both as emerging technologies continue to enter the marketplace and as large financial incumbents increasingly seek to innovate the services that they offer to compete with Credova’s products. Technological advances and the continued growth of e-commerce activities have increased consumer access to products and services and led to the expansion of competition in digital payment options such as pay-over-time solutions. Credova faces competition in areas such as: flexibility on payment options; duration, simplicity, and transparency of payment terms; reliability and speed in processing applications; underwriting effectiveness; compliance and security; promotional offerings; fees; approval rates; ease-of-use; marketing expertise; service levels; products and services; technological capabilities and integration; customer service; brand and reputation; and consumer and merchant satisfaction. In addition, it may be become more difficult to distinguish Credova’s platform, products and services, from those of its competitors.
Some of Credova’s competitors are substantially larger than Credova, which gives those competitors advantages Credova does not have, such as a more diversified product, a broader consumer and merchant base, the ability to reach more consumers, the ability to cross-sell their products, operational efficiencies, the ability to cross-subsidize their offerings through their other business lines, more versatile technology platforms, the ability to acquire competitors, broad-based local distribution capabilities, and lower-cost funding. Credova’s competitors may also have longer operating histories, broader and more extensive consumer and merchant relationships, and greater brand recognition and brand loyalty than Credova. For example, more established companies that possess large, existing consumer and merchant bases, substantial financial resources, and established distribution channels could enter the market. Further, consumers’ increased usage of BNPL platforms in recent years may encourage more of such competitors that may be in a better position, due to financial and other resources, to attract merchants and customers to their platforms.
Increased competition, particularly for large, well-known merchants, has in the past resulted and likely will in the future result in the need for Credova to alter the pricing it offers to merchants. If Credova is unable to successfully compete, the demand for Credova’s platform and products could stagnate or substantially decline, and Credova could fail to retain or grow the number of consumers or merchants using its platform, which would reduce the attractiveness of its platform to other consumers and merchants, and materially and adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
If Credova is unable to attract additional merchant partners, retain Credova’s existing merchant partners, and grow and develop Credova’s relationships with new and existing merchant partners, Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.
Credova derives a significant portion of its revenue from its relationships with merchant partners and the transactions they process through its platform, and as more merchants are integrated into Credova’s network, there are more reasons for consumers to shop with it.
Credova’s ability to retain and grow its relationships with its merchant partners depends on the willingness of merchants to partner with it. The attractiveness of Credova’s platform to merchants depends upon, among other things: the size of Credova’s consumer base; Credova’s brand and reputation; the amount of merchant fees that Credova charges; Credova’s ability to sustain its value proposition to merchants for customer acquisition by demonstrating higher conversion at checkout and increased average order value; the attractiveness to merchants of Credova’s technology and data-driven platform; services and products offered by competitors; and Credova’s ability to perform under, and maintain, Credova’s merchant agreements. Furthermore, having a diversified mix of merchant partners is important to mitigate risk associated with changing consumer spending behavior, economic conditions and other factors that may affect a particular type of merchant or industry.
20
Many of Credova’s agreements with Credova’s merchant partners are non-exclusive and lack any transaction volume commitments. Accordingly, these merchant partners may have, or may enter into in the future, similar agreements with Credova’s competitors, which could adversely affect Credova’s ability to drive the level of transaction volume and revenue growth that Credova seeks to achieve or to otherwise satisfy the high expectations of Credova’s investors and financial analysts relating to those relationships. While some of Credova’s agreements with its merchant partners have provided for a period of exclusivity, those periods may be limited in duration, and Credova may not be able to negotiate extensions of those exclusivity periods on reasonable terms, if at all. If an exclusivity period with a merchant partner lapses, Credova may experience a decrease in gross merchandise volume with the merchant partner, which may adversely impact Credova’s results of operations. In addition, Credova’s agreements with its merchant partners generally have terms that range from approximately 12 months to 36 months, and Credova’s merchants can generally terminate these agreements without cause upon 30 to 90 days’ prior written notice. Credova may, therefore, be compelled to renegotiate its agreements with merchant partners from time to time, possibly upon terms significantly less favorable to Credova than the terms included in its existing agreements with those merchant partners.
If Credova is unable to attract new consumers and retain and grow its relationships with its existing consumers, Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.
Credova’s revenue is derived from consumer transaction volume, and as a result, Credova’s success depends on its ability to generate repeat use and increased transaction volume from existing consumers and to attract new consumers to its platform. Credova’s ability to retain and grow its relationships with consumers depends on the willingness of consumers to use Credova’s platform and products. The attractiveness of Credova’s platform to consumers depends upon, among other things: the number and variety of merchants and the mix of products available through Credova’s platform; the manner in which consumers may use Credova’s products, including the ease of use relative to competitor products; Credova’s brand and reputation; consumer experience and satisfaction, including the trustworthiness of Credova’s services; consumer trust and perception of Credova’s solutions; technological innovation; and services and products offered by competitors. If Credova fails to retain its relationship with existing consumers, if Credova does not attract new consumers to its platform and products, or if Credova does not continually expand usage and volume from consumers on its platform, Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.
Credova’s revenue is impacted, to a significant extent, by the general economy, the creditworthiness of the U.S. consumer and the financial performance of Credova’s merchants.
Credova’s business, the consumer financial services industry, and the businesses of Credova’s merchants are sensitive to macroeconomic conditions. Economic factors such as interest rates, changes in monetary and related policies, market volatility, inflationary conditions, student loan obligations, consumer confidence, and unemployment rates are among the most significant factors that impact consumer spending behavior. Weak economic conditions or a significant deterioration in economic conditions, including the current inflationary environment and possibility of a recession, reduce the amount of disposable income consumers have, which in turn reduces consumer spending and the willingness of qualified consumers to take out loans. Such conditions are also likely to affect the ability and willingness of consumers to pay amounts owed under the loans facilitated through Credova’s platform, each of which would have an adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
The generation of new loans facilitated through Credova’s platform, and the transaction fees and other fee income due to Credova associated with such loans, depends upon sales of products and services by its merchants. Credova’s merchants’ sales may decrease or fail to increase as a result of factors outside of their control, such as the macroeconomic conditions referenced above, or business conditions affecting a particular merchant, industry vertical, or region. Weak economic conditions also could extend the length of Credova’s merchants’ sales cycle and cause consumers to delay making (or not make) purchases of Credova’s merchants’ products and services. A decline in sales by Credova’s merchants for any reason will generally result in lower credit sales and, therefore, lower loan volume and associated fee income for Credova.
In addition, if a merchant closes some or all of its locations, ceases its e-commerce operations, or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding (or if there is a perception that it may become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding), consumers may have less incentive to pay their outstanding balances on loans facilitated through Credova’s platform, which could result in higher charge-off rates than anticipated. Moreover, if the financial condition of a merchant deteriorates significantly or a merchant becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, Credova may not be able to recover amounts due to it from the merchant.
21
Negative publicity about Credova or its industry could adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Negative publicity about Credova or its industry, including the transparency, fairness, user experience, quality, and reliability of Credova’s platform or point-of-sale lending platforms in general, the effectiveness of Credova’s risk model, the setting and charging of merchant and consumer fees, Credova’s ability to effectively manage and resolve complaints, Credova’s privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory activity, misconduct by Credova’s employees, funding sources, originating bank partners, service providers, or others in Credova’s industry, the experience of consumers and investors with Credova’s platform or services or point-of-sale lending platforms in general, or use of loan proceeds by consumers that have obtained loans facilitated through Credova’s platform or other point-of-sale lending platforms for illegal purposes, even if inaccurate, could adversely affect Credova’s reputation and the confidence in, and the use of, Credova’s platform. Any such reputational harm could further affect the behavior of consumers, including their willingness to obtain loans facilitated through Credova’s platform or to make payments on their loans.
Risks Related to Credova’s Financing Program
Consumers may not view or treat their BNPL product loans as having the same significance as other financial obligations, and the loans facilitated through Credova’s platform are not secured, guaranteed, or insured and involve a high degree of financial risk.
Consumers may not view the BNPL product loans facilitated through Credova’s platform as having the same significance as a loan or other credit obligation arising under more traditional circumstances. If a consumer neglects his or her payment obligations on a BNPL product facilitated through Credova’s platform or chooses not to repay his or her loan entirely, it will have an adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects, and cash flows.
Generally, financing arrangements facilitated through Credova’s platform are not secured by any collateral, not guaranteed or insured by any third party, and not backed by any governmental authority in any way. Therefore, Credova is limited in its ability to collect if a consumer is unwilling or unable to repay. A consumer’s ability to repay can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card, and other debt obligations resulting from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in payment obligations. If a consumer defaults, Credova may be unsuccessful in its efforts to collect and its originating bank partners could decide to originate fewer loans through its platform. An increase in defaults precipitated by these risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Determining Credova’s allowance for credit losses requires many assumptions and complex analyses. If Credova’s estimates prove incorrect, Credova may incur net charge-offs in excess of its reserves, or Credova may be required to increase its provision for credit losses, either of which would adversely affect Credova’s results of operations.
Credova maintains an allowance for credit losses at a level estimated to be sufficient to cover expected credit losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in Credova’s loan portfolio. This estimate is highly dependent upon the reasonableness of Credova’s assumptions and the predictability of the relationships that drive the results of Credova’s valuation methodologies. Management has processes in place to monitor these judgments and assumptions, including review by Credova’s credit committee, but these processes may not ensure that Credova’s judgments and assumptions are correct. The method for calculating the best estimate of expected credit losses takes into account Credova’s historical experience, adjusted for current conditions, and Credova’s judgment concerning the probable effects of relevant observable data, trends, and market factors. Changes in such estimates can significantly affect the allowance and provision for losses. It is possible that Credova will experience credit losses that are different from Credova’s current estimates. If Credova’s estimates and assumptions prove incorrect and Credova’s allowance for credit losses is insufficient, Credova may incur net charge-offs in excess of its reserves, or Credova could be required to increase its provision for credit losses, either of which would adversely affect Credova’s results of operations.
22
Credova’s results depend on prominent presentation, integration, and support of Credova’s platform by Credova’s merchants.
Credova depends on its merchants, which generally accept most major credit cards and other forms of payment (which may include pay-over-time solutions offered by Credova’s competitors), to present its platform as a payment option and to integrate its platform into their website or in their store, such as by prominently featuring Credova’s platform on their websites or in their stores and not just as an option at website checkout. Credova may not have any recourse against merchants if they do not prominently present its platform as a payment option or if they more prominently present solutions offered by Credova’s competitors. In addition, as Credova adds new merchants, it could take a significant amount of time for these merchants to fully integrate Credova’s platform and for these merchants’ customers to accept Credova’s pay-over-time solution. The failure by Credova’s merchants to effectively present, integrate, and support Credova’s platform would have a material and adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Credova’s vendor relationships subject it to a variety of risks, and the failure of third parties to comply with legal or regulatory requirements or to provide various services that are important to Credova’s operations could have an adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Credova has significant vendors that, among other things, provide it with financial, technology, and other services to support Credova’s products and other activities, including, for example, credit ratings and reporting, cloud-based data storage and other IT solutions, and payment processing. The CFPB has issued guidance stating that institutions under its supervision may be held responsible for the actions of the companies with which they contract. Accordingly, Credova could be adversely impacted to the extent its vendors fail to comply with the legal requirements applicable to the particular products or services being offered.
In some cases, vendors are the sole source, or one of a limited number of sources, of the services they provide to us. Most of Credova’s vendor agreements are terminable by the vendor on little or no notice, and if Credova’s current vendors were to terminate their agreements with Credova or otherwise stop providing services to it on acceptable terms, Credova may be unable to procure alternatives from other vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms (or at all). If any vendor fails to provide the services Credova requires, fails to meet contractual requirements (including compliance with applicable laws and regulations), fails to maintain adequate data privacy controls and electronic security systems, or suffers a cyber-attack or other security breach, Credova could be subject to CFPB, the FTC and other regulatory enforcement actions, claims from third parties, including Credova’s consumers, and suffer economic and reputational harm that could have an adverse effect on Credova’s business. Further, Credova may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service, which could adversely affect Credova’s business.
If Credova’s merchants fail to fulfill their obligations to consumers or comply with applicable law, Credova may incur costs.
Although Credova’s merchants are obligated to fulfill their contractual commitments to consumers and to comply with applicable law from time to time, they might not, or a consumer might allege that they did not. This, in turn, can result in claims or defenses against Credova or any subsequent holder of Credova’s installment agreements. If merchants fail to fulfill their contractual or legal obligations to consumers, it may also negatively affect Credova’s reputation with consumers thereby negatively affecting Credova’s business. Federal and state regulatory authorities may also bring claims against Credova, including unfair and deceptive acts or practices or UDAAP claims, if Credova fails to provide consumer protections relating to potential merchant actions or disputes.
Internet-based loan origination processes may give rise to greater risks than paper-based processes.
Credova uses the internet to obtain application information and distribute certain legally required notices to applicants for loans, and to obtain electronically signed loan documents in lieu of paper documents with tangible consumer signatures. These processes entail additional risks relative to paper-based loan underwriting processes and procedures, including risks regarding the sufficiency of notice for compliance with consumer protection laws, risks that consumers may challenge the authenticity of loan documents or the validity of electronic signatures and records, and risks that, despite internal controls, unauthorized changes are made to the electronic loan documents.
23
Exposure to consumer bad debts and insolvency of merchants may adversely impact Credova’s financial success.
Credova’s ability to generate profits depends on Credova’s ability to put in place and optimize systems and processes to make predominantly accurate, real-time decisions in connection with the consumer transaction approval process. Credova does not perform credit checks on consumers in connection with the application process. Consumer non-payment is a major component of Credova’s expenses, and Credova is exposed to consumer bad debts as a normal part of its operations because Credova absorbs the costs of all uncollectible notes receivables from its consumers. Excessive exposure to bad debts as a result of consumers failing to repay outstanding amounts owed to Credova may materially and adversely impact Credova’s results of operations and financial position.
Credova may incur costs from litigation relating to products offered by Credova’s merchants, which could adversely affect Credova’s reputation, revenue and profitability.
Credova may incur damages due to lawsuits relating to products sold by Credova’s merchants, including lawsuits relating to tree stands, firearms, and ammunition. Credova may incur losses due to lawsuits, including potential class actions, relating to Credova’s merchants’ compliance with state and federal law relating to purchase and sale of certain products. Credova may also incur losses from lawsuits relating to the improper use of products, such as firearms or ammunition sold by merchants on Credova’s platform, including lawsuits by municipalities or other organizations attempting to recover costs from manufacturers and retailers of firearms and ammunition. Credova’s insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover claims and liabilities related to products offered through Credova’s platform. In addition, claims or lawsuits related to products that are financed through Credova’s website, or the unavailability of insurance for product liability claims, could result in the elimination of these products from Credova’s platform, thereby reducing revenue. If one or more successful claims against Credova are not covered by or exceed its insurance coverage, or if insurance coverage is no longer available, Credova’s available working capital may be impaired and Credova’s operating results could be materially adversely affected. Even unsuccessful claims could result in the expenditure of funds and management time and could have a negative impact on Credova’s profitability and on future premiums Credova would be required to pay on its insurance policies.
Furthermore, because Credova’s platform allows customers to finance merchandise such as firearms, ammunition and certain related accessories, Credova may be subject to reputational harm if a customer purchases a firearm through Credova’s platform that is later involved in a firearm-related crime.
Risks Related to Credova’s Technology and the Credova Platform
Unanticipated surges or increases in transaction volumes may adversely impact Credova’s financial performance.
Continued increases in transaction volumes may require Credova to expand and adapt its network infrastructure to avoid interruptions to its systems and technology. Any unanticipated surges or increases in transaction volumes may cause interruptions to Credova’s systems and technology, reduce the number of completed transactions, increase expenses, and reduce the level of customer service, and these factors could adversely impact Credova’s reputation and, thus, diminish consumer confidence in Credova’s systems, which may result in a material adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
24
Data security breaches, cyberattacks, employee or other internal misconduct, malware, phishing or ransomware, physical security breaches, natural disasters, or similar disruptions could occur and would materially adversely impact Credova’s business or ability to protect the confidential information in Credova’s possession or control.
Through the ordinary course of business, Credova collects, stores, processes, transfers, and uses (collectively, “processes”) a wide range of confidential information, including personally identifiable information, for various purposes, including to follow government regulations and to provide services to Credova’s users and merchants. The information Credova collects may be sensitive in nature and subject to a variety of privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, and other laws and regulations. Due to the sensitivity and nature of the information Credova processes, Credova and its third-party service providers are the target of, defend against and must regularly respond to cyberattacks, including from malware, phishing or ransomware, physical security breaches, or similar attacks or disruptions. Cyberattacks and similar disruptions may compromise or breach Credova’s platform and the protections Credova uses to try to protect confidential information in Credova’s possession or control. Breaches of Credova’s platform could result in the criminal or unauthorized use of confidential information and could negatively affect Credova’s users and merchants and, because the techniques for conducting cyberattacks are constantly evolving and may be supported by significant financial and technological resources (e.g., state-sponsored actors), Credova may be unable to anticipate these techniques, react in a timely manner, or implement adequate preventative or remedial measures. These risks also reside with third-party service providers and partners with whom Credova conducts business. Credova’s business could be materially and adversely impacted by security breaches of the data and information of merchants’ and consumers’ data and information, either by unauthorized access, theft, destruction, loss of information or misappropriation or release of confidential data.
These events may cause significant disruption to Credova’s business and operations or expose it to reputational damage, loss of consumer confidence, legal claims, civil and criminal liability, constraints on Credova’s ability to continue operation, reduced demand for Credova’s products and services, termination of Credova’s contracts with merchants or third party service providers, and regulatory scrutiny and fines, any of which could materially adversely impact Credova’s financial performance and prospects. Any security or data issues experienced by other software companies or third-party service providers with whom Credova conducts business could diminish Credova’s customers’ trust in providing it access to their personal data generally. Merchants and consumers that lose confidence in Credova’s security measures may be less willing to make payments on their loans or participate on Credova’s platform.
In addition, Credova’s partners include credit bureaus, collection agencies and banks, each of which operate in a highly regulated environment, and many laws and regulations that apply directly to them may apply directly or indirectly to Credova through Credova’s contractual arrangements with these partners. Federal, state and international laws or regulators, as well as Credova’s contractual partners, may require notice in event of a security breach that involves personally identifiable information, and these disclosures may result in negative publicity, loss of confidence in Credova’s security measures, regulatory or other investigations, the triggering of indemnification and other contractual obligations, and other adverse effects to Credova’s partner ecosystem and operations. Credova may also incur significant costs and loss of operational resources in connection with remediating, investigating, mitigating, or eliminating the causes of security breaches, cyberattacks, or similar disruptions after they have occurred, and particularly given the evolving nature of these risks, Credova’s incident response, disaster recovery, and business continuity planning may not sufficiently address all of these risks. The retention and coverage limits in Credova’s insurance policies may not be sufficient to reimburse the full cost of responding to and remediating the effects of a security breach, cyberattack, or similar disruption, and Credova may not be able to collect fully, if at all, under these insurance policies or to ensure that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim.
Real or perceived software errors, failures, bugs, defects, or outages could adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Credova’s platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, Credova’s platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. As a result, undetected vulnerabilities, errors, failures, bugs, or defects may be present in such software or occur in the future in such software, including open source software and other software Credova licenses from third parties, especially when updates or new products or services are released.
25
Any real or perceived vulnerabilities, errors, failures, bugs, or defects in the software may not be found until Credova’s consumers use Credova’s platform and could result in outages or degraded quality of service on Credova’s platform that could adversely impact Credova’s business (including through causing Credova not to meet contractually required service levels), as well as negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of Credova’s products and services, and harm to Credova’s brand or weakening of Credova’s competitive position. In such an event, Credova may be required, or may choose, to expend significant additional resources in order to correct the problem. Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs, or defects in the software Credova relies on could also subject it to liability claims, impair its ability to attract new consumers, retain existing consumers, or expand their use of its products and services, which would adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Credova also relies on online payment gateways, banking and financial institutions for the validation of bank cards, settlement and collection of payments. There is a risk that these systems may fail to perform as expected or be adversely impacted by a number of factors, some of which may be outside Credova’s control, including damage, equipment faults, power failure, fire, natural disasters, computer viruses and external malicious interventions such as hacking, cyber-attacks or denial-of-service attacks, which would adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Any significant disruption in, or errors in, service on Credova’s platform or relating to vendors could prevent it from processing transactions on its platform or posting payments.
Credova uses vendors, such as Credova’s cloud computing web services provider, virtual card processing companies, and third-party software providers, in the operation of Credova’s platform. The satisfactory performance, reliability, and availability of Credova’s technology and Credova’s underlying network and infrastructure are critical to Credova’s operations and reputation and the ability of Credova’s platform to attract new and retain existing merchants and consumers. Credova relies on these vendors to protect their systems and facilities against damage or service interruptions from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or attempts to harm these systems, criminal acts, and similar events. If Credova’s arrangement with a vendor is terminated or if there is a lapse of service or damage to its systems or facilities, Credova could experience interruptions in its ability to operate its platform. Credova also may experience increased costs and difficulties in replacing that vendor and replacement services may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, on a timely basis, or at all. Any interruptions or delays in Credova’s platform availability, whether as a result of a failure to perform on the part of a vendor, any damage to one of Credova’s vendor’s systems or facilities, the termination of any of Credova’s third-party vendor agreement, software failures, Credova’s or its vendor’s error, natural disasters, terrorism, other man-made problems, security breaches, whether accidental or willful, or other factors, could harm Credova’s relationships with its merchants and consumers and also harm Credova’s reputation.
In addition, Credova sources certain information from third parties. In the event that any third party from which Credova sources information experiences a service disruption, whether as a result of maintenance, natural disasters, terrorism, or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, or other factors, the ability to score and decision loan applications through Credova’s platform may be adversely impacted. Additionally, there may be errors contained in the information provided by third parties. This may result in the inability to approve otherwise qualified applicants through Credova’s platform, which may adversely impact Credova’s business by negatively impacting Credova’s reputation and reducing Credova’s transaction volume.
To the extent Credova uses or is dependent on any particular third-party data, technology, or software, Credova may also be harmed if such data, technology, or software becomes non-compliant with existing regulations or industry standards, becomes subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violation, or malfunctions or functions in a way Credova did not anticipate. Any loss of the right to use any of this data, technology, or software could result in delays in the provisioning of Credova’s products and services until equivalent or replacement data, technology, or software is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained, and integrated, and there is no guarantee that Credova would be successful in developing, identifying, obtaining, or integrating equivalent or similar data, technology, or software, which could result in the loss or limiting of Credova’s products, services, or features available in Credova’s products or services.
These factors could prevent Credova from processing transactions or posting payments on Credova’s platform, damage Credova’s brand and reputation, divert the attention of Credova’s employees, reduce total income, subject Credova to liability, and cause consumers or merchants to abandon Credova’s platform, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
26
Fraudulent activities may result in Credova suffering losses, causing a materially adverse impact to Credova’s reputation and results of operations.
Credova is exposed to risks imposed by fraudulent conduct, including the risks associated with consumers attempting to circumvent its system and repayment capability assessments. There is a risk that Credova may be unsuccessful in defeating fraud attempts, resulting in a higher than budgeted costs of fraud and consumer non-payment.
Fraudulent activity is likely to result in financial losses, which may have a material adverse impact on Credova’s reputation and cause it to bear increased costs to rectify and safeguard business operations and its systems against such fraudulent activity. Significant amounts of fraudulent cancellations or chargebacks could adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations or financial condition. High profile or significant increases in fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negative publicity, and the erosion of trust from Credova’s consumers and merchants, which could result in a material adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Regulatory, Compliance and Legal
We are or may be subject to numerous risks relating to the need to comply with data and information privacy laws.
We are or may become subject to data privacy and securities laws and regulations that apply to the collection, transmission, storage, use, processing, destruction, retention and security of personal information. The legislative and regulatory landscape for privacy and data protection continues to evolve in the United States, both federally and at the state level, as well as in other jurisdictions worldwide, and these laws and regulations may at times be conflicting. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction or is inconsistent with our practices, and our efforts to comply with the evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. We must devote significant resources to understanding and complying with this changing landscape. Failure to comply with federal, state, provincial and international laws regarding privacy and security of personal information could expose us to penalties under such laws, orders requiring that we change our practices, claims for damages or other liabilities, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions (including fines and penalties), litigation, significant costs for remediation, and damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may at times fail to comply with our published privacy policies and related documentation and applicable privacy and security laws and regulations or may be perceived to have failed to do so. Even if we have not violated these laws and regulations, government investigations into these issues typically require the expenditure of significant resources and generate negative publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Additionally, if we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of personal information, including sensitive personal information (e.g., financial information), we could be found to have breached our contracts with certain third parties.
There are numerous U.S. federal, state, and provincial laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal information. Determining whether protected information has been handled in compliance with applicable privacy standards and our contractual obligations can be complex and may be subject to changing interpretation. For example, in 2018, California enacted the CCPA, which, among other things, requires new disclosures to California consumers and affords such consumers new abilities to opt out of certain sales of information and may restrict the use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. The CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, was amended on multiple occasions and is the subject of regulations issued by the California Attorney General regarding certain aspects of the law and its application. Moreover, California voters approved the CPRA in November 2020. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, creating additional obligations relating to consumer data, with enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. Aspects of the CCPA and CPRA remain unclear, resulting in further uncertainty and potentially requiring us to modify our data practices and policies and to incur substantial additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Similar laws have been passed, proposed, and likely will be proposed, in other states and at the federal level, and such laws may have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging. If we fail to comply with applicable privacy laws, we could face civil and criminal fines or penalties.
27
Failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure, or misrepresentations regarding our current privacy practices, can also constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce and be construed as a violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. § 45(a). The “FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of our business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. The FTC may also bring an action against a company who collects or otherwise processes personal information for any statements it deems misleading or false contained in privacy disclosures to consumers. We may at times fail to comply with our published privacy policies and related documents, or may be perceived to have failed to do so. In addition, we may be unsuccessful in achieving compliance if our personnel, partners, or service providers fail to comply with our published privacy policies and related documentation. Such failures can subject us to potential foreign, local, state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices. In addition, state attorneys general are authorized to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations that threaten the privacy of state residents. We cannot be sure how these regulations will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations. In addition to the risks associated with enforcement activities and potential contractual liabilities, our ongoing efforts to comply with evolving laws and regulations at the federal and state level may be costly and require ongoing modifications to our policies, procedures and systems.
As our business grows, we may also become subject to international privacy laws regulating the collection, transmission, storage, use, processing, destruction, retention and security of personal information. For example, in the European Union, the collection, transmission, storage, use, processing, destruction, retention and security of personal data is governed by the provisions of the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) in addition to other applicable laws and regulations. The GDPR came into effect in May 2018, repealing and replacing the European Union Data Protection Directive, and imposing revised data privacy and security requirements on companies in relation to the processing of personal data of European Union data subjects. The GDPR, together with national legislation, regulations and guidelines of the European Union Member States governing the collection, transmission, storage, use, processing, destruction, retention and security of personal data, impose strict obligations with respect to, and restrictions on, the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and processing of personal data. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Union that are not deemed to have protections for personal information, including the United States. The GDPR authorizes fines for certain violations of up to 4% of the total global annual turnover of the preceding financial year or €20 million, whichever is greater. Such fines are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data subjects. Separately, Brexit has led and could in the future lead to legislative and regulatory changes and may increase our compliance costs. Data processing in the United Kingdom is governed by a United Kingdom version of the GDPR (combining the GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018), exposing us to two parallel regimes, each of which authorizes similar fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. On June 28, 2021, the European Commission adopted an adequacy decision for the United Kingdom, allowing for the relatively free exchange of personal information between the European Union and the United Kingdom. Other jurisdictions outside the European Union are similarly introducing or enhancing privacy and data security laws, rules and regulations, which could increase our compliance costs and the risks associated with noncompliance.
Overall, because of the complexity of these laws, the changing obligations and the risk associated with our collection and use of data, we cannot guarantee that we are, or will be, in compliance with all applicable U.S. or international regulations as they are enforced now or as they evolve.
28
We are subject to cybersecurity risks and interruptions or failures in our information technology systems and as we grow, we will need to expend additional resources to enhance our protection from such risks. Any cyber incident could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption, loss of consumers or advertisers on the Platform and/or a financial loss that has a material adverse impact on our business and that could subject us to legal claims.
We rely on sophisticated information technology (“IT”) systems and infrastructure to support our business. At the same time, cybersecurity incidents, including deliberate attacks, malware, viruses, ransomware attacks, denial of service attacks, phishing schemes, and other attempts to harm IT systems are prevalent and have increased. Our technologies, systems and networks and those of our vendors, suppliers and other business partners may become the target of cyberattacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of proprietary and other information, or other disruption of business operations. In addition, certain cyber incidents, such as surveillance or vulnerabilities in widely used open source software, may remain undetected for an extended period. Our systems for protecting against cybersecurity risks may not be sufficient. As the sophistication of cyber incidents continues to evolve, we have been and will likely continue to be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to cyber incidents. Additionally, any of these systems may be susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, usage errors by employees, computer viruses, cyber-attacks or other security breaches or similar events. The failure of any of our IT systems may cause disruptions in our operations, which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability, and lead to claims related to the disruption of our services from Platform consumers and advertisers.
Hackers and data thieves are increasingly sophisticated and operate large-scale and complex automated attacks, which may remain undetected until after they occur. Despite our efforts to protect our information technology networks and systems, payment processing, and information, we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive and remedial measures against all data security and privacy threats. Our security measures may not be adequate to prevent or detect service interruption, system failure, data loss or theft, or other material adverse consequences. No security solution, strategy, or measures can address all possible security threats. Our applications, systems, networks, software, and physical facilities could have material vulnerabilities, be breached, or personal or confidential information could be otherwise compromised due to employee error or malfeasance, if, for example, third parties attempt to fraudulently induce our personnel or our business owners to disclose information or usernames and/or passwords, or otherwise compromise the security of our networks, systems and/or physical facilities. We cannot be certain that we will be able to address any such vulnerabilities, in whole or part, and there may be delays in developing and deploying patches and other remedial measures to adequately address vulnerabilities, and taking such remedial steps could adversely impact or disrupt our operations. We expect similar issues to arise in the future as products and services sold through the Platform are more widely adopted, and as we continue to introduce future products and services. An actual or perceived breach of our security systems or those of our third party service providers may require notification under applicable data privacy regulations or for customer relations or publicity purposes, which could result in reputational harm, costly litigation (including class action litigation), material contract breaches, liability, settlement costs, loss of sales, regulatory scrutiny, actions or investigations, a loss of confidence in our business, systems and payment processing, a diversion of management’s time and attention, and significant fines, penalties, assessments, fees, and expenses. Moreover, pursuant to SEC rules, public companies must disclose material cybersecurity incidents on Form 8-K within four business days. In addition, companies must provide cybersecurity risk management disclosures in their annual reports.
The costs to respond to a security breach or to mitigate any security vulnerabilities that may be identified could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful. These costs include, but are not limited to: retaining the services of cybersecurity providers; complying with requirements of existing and future cybersecurity, data protection and privacy laws and regulations, including the costs of notifying regulatory agencies and impacted individuals; and maintaining redundant networks, data backups, and other damage-mitigation measures. We could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices in response to a security breach or related regulatory actions or litigation, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, most jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals, regulatory authorities, and others of security breaches involving certain types of data. Such mandatory disclosures are costly, could lead to negative publicity, may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, and require us to expend significant capital and other resources to respond to or alleviate problems caused by the actual or perceived security breach.
29
We may not have adequate insurance coverage for handling cyber security incidents or breaches, including fines, judgments, settlements, penalties, costs, attorneys' fees, and other impacts that arise out of incidents or breaches. If the impacts of a security incident or breach, or the successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or results in changes to our insurance policies (including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements), it could harm our business. In addition, we cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to all or part of any future claim or loss. Moreover, our privacy risks are likely to increase as we continue to expand, grow our consumer and business base, and process, store, and transmit increasingly large amounts of personal or sensitive data.
Issues in the use of artificial intelligence, including machine learning and computer vision (together, “AI”), in our analytics platforms may result in reputational harm or liability.
AI is enabled by or integrated into some of our analytics platforms and is a growing element of our business offerings going forward. As with many developing technologies, AI presents risks and challenges that could affect its further development, adoption, and use, and therefore our business. AI algorithms may be flawed. Data sets may be insufficient, of poor quality, or contain biased information. Inappropriate or controversial data practices by data scientists, engineers, and end-users of our systems could impair the acceptance of AI solutions. If the analyses that AI applications assist in producing are deficient or inaccurate, we could be subjected to competitive harm, potential legal liability, and brand or reputational harm. Some uses of AI present ethical issues, and our judgment as to the ethical concerns may not be accurate. If we use AI as part of the Platform in a manner that is controversial because of the purported or real impact on our businesses or vendors, this may lead to adverse results for our financial condition and operations or the financial condition and operations of our businesses, which may further lead to us experiencing competitive harm, legal liability and brand or reputational harm.
Compliance obligations imposed by new privacy laws, laws regulating social media platforms and online speech in the U.S., or industry practices may adversely affect our business.
New laws and regulations could restrict our ability to conduct marketing by, for example, restricting the emailing or targeting of consumers or use of certain technologies like AI. For example, federal, state and foreign governmental authorities continue to weigh the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. Regulatory authorities have enacted and continue to consider legislation that could significantly restrict the ability of companies to engage this these activities, by regulating the consumer notice and consent requirements before a company can employ cookies and similar tracking technologies, or how companies can use the data gathered by such technologies. Similarly, private market participants may deploy technologies or require certain practices that limit our ability to obtain or use certain information about our business owners and consumers. For example, Google has indicated that it will ultimately phase out the use of cookies to track consumers of its search services in future versions of its Chrome web browser, and Apple has updated its iOS mobile operating system to require app developers to obtain opt-in consent before tracking consumers of its various services. If these types of changes are implemented (or as a result of their implementation), our ability to determine how our business owners and consumers are using our services and to use targeted advertising in a cost-effective manner may be limited. New laws in other jurisdictions may also require us to change our content moderation practices, or privacy policies and practices in ways that harm our business or create the risk of fines or other penalties for non-compliance.
If we infringe on the intellectual property (“IP”) of others, we could be exposed to substantial losses and face restrictions on our operations.
We may become subject to legal claims alleging that we have infringed the IP rights of others. To date, we have not fully evaluated the extent to which other parties may bring claims that our technology, including our use of open source software, infringes on the IP rights of others. The availability of damages and royalties and the potential for injunctive relief have increased the costs associated with litigating and settling patent infringement claims. Any claims, whether or not meritorious, could require us to spend significant time, money, and other resources in litigation, pay damages and royalties, develop new IP, modify, design around, or discontinue existing products, services, or features, or acquire licenses to the IP that is the subject of the infringement claims. These licenses, if required, may not be available at all or have acceptable terms. As a result, IP claims against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
30
Inadequate technical and legal IP protections could prevent us from defending or securing our proprietary technology and IP.
Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary information and technology. We may be unsuccessful in adequately protecting our IP. No assurance can be given that confidentiality, non-disclosure, or invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, or other parties will not be breached and will otherwise be effective in controlling access to and distribution of the Platform or our solutions, or certain aspects of the Platform or our solutions, and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to the Platform or our solutions. Additionally, certain unauthorized use of our IP property may go undetected, or we may face legal or practical barriers to enforcing our legal rights even where unauthorized use is detected.
Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using our trademarks, service marks, proprietary products, trade secrets and other IP, including our name and logos.
We rely on U.S. trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as license agreements, nondisclosure agreements, and confidentiality and other contractual provisions to protect our IP. The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks, trade names, and service marks to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand as we expand into new markets. We have registered and applied to register trademarks and service marks in the United States. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks and service marks, and our competitors and others may successfully challenge the validity or enforceability of our trademarks and service marks and other IP. There can also be no assurance that pending or future U.S. trademark applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all, or that such registrations will effectively protect our brand names and trademarks.
If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary IP rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary IP rights, including certain methodologies, practices, tools, technologies and technical expertise we utilize in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and processes and related technologies. To date, we have relied primarily on trademarks, trade secrets and other IP laws, non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants and other relevant persons and other measures to protect our IP, and intend to continue to rely on these and other means, including and not limited to patent protection, in the future. However, the steps we take to protect our IP may be inadequate, and we may choose not to pursue or maintain protection for our IP in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. We will not be able to protect our IP if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our IP. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our technology and use information that we regard as proprietary to create technology that competes with ours.
Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of IP rights in some foreign countries may be inadequate. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our technologies and proprietary information may increase. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating our technology and IP.
We rely in part on trademarks, trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information to maintain our competitive position. Although we enter into non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements with our employees, enter into non-disclosure agreements with our business owners, consultants and other parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances and enter into IP assignment agreements with our consultants and vendors, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our technology and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our products.
We could face employee claims.
We could face employee claims against us based on, among other things, wage and hour violations, discrimination, harassment, or wrongful termination that may also create not only legal and financial liability, but also negative publicity that could adversely affect us and divert our financial and management resources that would otherwise be used to benefit the future performance of our operations.
31
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.
From time to time, we may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings.
Even when not merited lawsuits and other legal proceedings may divert management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in pursuing or defending these lawsuits or other legal proceedings. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some of these legal disputes may result in adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us, which could negatively impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.
Furthermore, while we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities, our insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to various exclusions as well as caps on amounts recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, insurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which may affect the timing and, if the insurers prevail, the amount of our recovery.
The consumer finance and BNPL industry is subject to various state and federal laws in the United States and federal law concerning consumer finance, and the costs to maintain compliance with such laws and regulations may be significant.
Credova is subject to a range of state and federal laws and regulations concerning consumer finance that change periodically. These laws and regulations include but are not limited to state lending licensing or other state licensing or registration laws, consumer credit disclosure laws such as the TILA, the FCRA and other laws concerning credit reports and credit reporting, the ECOA, which addresses anti-discrimination, the EFTA, which governs electronic money movement, a variety of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules, the TCPA and other laws concerning initiating phone calls or text messages, the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, debt collection laws, laws governing short-term consumer loans and general consumer protection laws, such as laws that prohibit unfair, deceptive, misleading or abusive acts or practices. There is also the potential that Credova may become subject to additional legal or regulatory requirements if its business operations, strategy or geographic reach expand in the future. These laws and regulations may also change in the future, and they may be applied to Credova and its products in a manner that Credova does not currently anticipate. While Credova has developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with laws and regulations applicable to Credova’s business, no assurance is given that Credova’s compliance policies and procedures will be effective. Credova may not always have been, and may not always be, in compliance with these laws and regulations and such non-compliance could have a material adverse effect on Credova’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
New laws or regulations, or laws and regulations in new markets, could also require Credova to incur significant expenses and devote significant management attention to ensure compliance. In addition, Credova’s failure to comply with these new laws or regulations, or laws and regulations in new markets, may result in litigation or enforcement actions, the penalties for which could include: revocation of licenses, fines and other monetary penalties, civil and criminal liability, substantially reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, or inability to, directly or indirectly, collect all or a part of the principal of or interest on loans. Further, Credova may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, and other developments, and these changes may in turn impair Credova’s ability to offer its existing or planned features, products, and services and/or increase Credova’s cost of doing business.
Credova has certain state lending licenses and other licenses, which subject Credova to supervisory oversight from these license authorities and periodic examinations. Credova’s business is also generally subject to investigation by regulators and enforcement agencies, regardless of whether Credova has a license from such authorities. These regulators and enforcement agencies may receive complaints about us. Investigations or enforcement actions may be costly and time consuming. Enforcement actions by such regulators and enforcement agencies could lead to fines, penalties, consumer restitution, the cessation of Credova’s business activities in whole or in part, or the assertion of private claims and lawsuits against us. In the United States, these regulators and agencies at the state level include state licensing agencies, financial regulatory agencies, and attorney general offices. At the federal level in the United States, these regulators and agencies include the FTC, the CFPB, FinCEN, and OFAC, any or all of which could subject Credova to burdensome rules and regulations that could increase costs and use of Credova’s resources in order to satisfy Credova’s compliance obligations.
32
Compliance with these laws and regulations is costly, time-consuming, and limits Credova’s operational flexibility. There is also a risk that if Credova fails to comply with these laws, regulations, and any related industry compliance standards, such failure may result in significantly increased compliance costs, cessation of certain business activities or the ability to conduct business, litigation, regulatory inquiries or investigations, and significant reputational damage.
If loans made by Credova under its state lending licenses are found to violate applicable state lending and other laws, or if Credova was found to be operating without having obtained necessary licenses or approvals, it could adversely affect Credova’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
Certain states have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval by parties that engage in certain activity regarding consumer finance transactions. Furthermore, certain states and localities have also adopted laws requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval for consumer debt collection or servicing, and/or purchasing or selling consumer loans. Credova has obtained lending licenses or made applicable notice filings in certain states, and may in the future pursue obtaining additional licenses or making additional notice filings. The loans Credova may originate on its platform pursuant to these state licenses are subject to state licensing and interest rate restrictions, as well as numerous state requirements regarding consumer protection, interest rate, disclosure, prohibitions on certain activities, and loan term lengths. Credova cannot assure you that it will be successful in obtaining state licenses in other states or that Credova has not yet been required to apply for.
The application of some consumer financial licensing laws to Credova’s platform and the related activities it performs is unclear. In addition, state licensing requirements may evolve over time. If Credova were found to be in violation of applicable state licensing requirements by a court or a state, federal, or local enforcement agency, or agree to resolve such concerns by voluntary agreement, Credova could be subject to or agree to pay fines, damages, injunctive relief (including required modification or discontinuation of Credova’s business in certain areas), criminal penalties, and other penalties or consequences, and the loans facilitated through Credova’s platform could be rendered void or unenforceable in whole or in part, any of which could have an adverse effect on the enforceability or collectability of the loans facilitated through Credova’s platform.
Litigation, regulatory actions, and compliance issues could subject Credova to fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs, and requirements resulting in increased expenses.
In the ordinary course of business, Credova has been, is, or may be named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations and other litigation. From time to time, Credova may also be involved in, or the subject of, reviews, requests for information, investigations, and proceedings (both formal and informal) by state and federal governmental agencies, including banking regulators, the FTC, and the CFPB, regarding Credova’s business activities and Credova’s qualifications to conduct Credova’s business in certain jurisdictions, which could subject Credova to fines, penalties, obligations to change Credova’s business practices, and other requirements resulting in increased expenses and diminished earnings. Credova’s involvement in any such matter also could cause harm to Credova’s reputation and divert management attention from the operation of Credova’s business, even if the matters are ultimately determined in Credova’s favor. Moreover, any settlement, or any consent order or adverse judgment, in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by a government agency, may prompt litigation or additional investigations or proceedings as other litigants or other government agencies begin independent reviews of the same or similar activities.
In addition, a number of participants in the consumer finance industry have been and are the subject of putative class action lawsuits; state attorney general actions and other state regulatory actions; federal regulatory enforcement actions, including actions relating to alleged UDAAP; violations of state licensing and lending laws, including state interest rate limits; actions alleging discrimination on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, or other prohibited bases; and allegations of noncompliance with various state and federal laws and regulations relating to originating and servicing consumer finance loans. Recently, some of Credova’s competitors in the BNPL space are subject to ongoing class action litigation, including allegations of unfair business and deceptive practices, and Credova may become subject to similar types of litigation in the future. The current regulatory environment, increased regulatory compliance efforts, and enhanced regulatory enforcement have resulted in significant operational and compliance costs and may prevent Credova from providing certain products and services. There is no assurance that these regulatory matters or other factors will not, in the future, affect how Credova conducts its business and, in turn, have an adverse effect on its business. In particular, legal proceedings brought under state consumer protection statutes or under several of the various federal consumer financial services statutes subject to the jurisdiction of the CFPB and FTC may result in a separate fine for each violation of the statute, which, particularly in the case of class action lawsuits, could result in damages in excess of the amounts Credova earned from the underlying activities.
33
Current and future government regulations may negatively impact the demand for Credova’s merchants’ products and Credova’s operations and financial results.
Credova’s merchants operate in a complex regulatory and legal environment that could negatively impact the demand for their products and expose the merchants to compliance and litigation risks, which could decrease transaction volume and ultimately affect Credova’s operations and financial results. These laws may change, sometimes significantly, as a result of political, economic or social events. Some of the federal, state or local laws and regulations that affect Credova’s merchants include:
•federal, state or local laws and regulations or executive orders that prohibit or limit the sale of certain items offered by Credova’s merchants, such as firearms, black powder firearms, ammunition, bows, knives and similar products;
•ATF regulations, audit and regulatory policies that impact the process by which Credova’s merchants sell firearms and ammunition and similar policies of state agencies that have concurrent jurisdiction, such as the California Department of Justice;
•laws and regulations governing hunting and fishing;
•laws and regulations relating to consumer products, product liability or consumer protection, including regulation by the Consumer Product Safety Commission and similar state regulatory agencies;
•laws and regulations relating to the manner in which Credova’s merchants advertise, market or sell their products;
•U.S. customs laws and regulations pertaining to proper item classification, quotas and the payment of duties and tariffs; and
•FTC regulations governing the manner in which orders may be solicited and prescribing other obligations in fulfilling orders and consummating sales.
Changes in these laws and regulations or additional regulation, particularly new laws or increased regulations regarding sales and ownership of firearms and ammunition, could cause the demand for and sales of products offered by Credova’s merchants through Credova’s platform to decrease and could materially adversely impact Credova’s profitability. Sales of firearms, ammunition and shooting-related products represent a significant percentage of the sales facilitated by Credova’s platform and are critical in drawing customers to Credova’s platform. A substantial reduction in sales or margins on sales of firearms and firearm related products facilitated by Credova’s platform due to the establishment of new regulations could harm Credova’s operating results.
Risks Related to Our Operations as a Public Company
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert our management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified independent Board members.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Compliance with these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs, made some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increased demand on our systems and resources, and these impacts are expected to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Although we have already hired additional personnel to help comply with these requirements, we may need to further expand our legal and finance departments in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.
34
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business and prospects may be harmed. As a result of disclosure of information in the filings required of a public company and in this report, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may have increasing difficulty attracting and retaining qualified outside independent Board members.
The directors and management of publicly traded corporations are increasingly concerned with the extent of their personal exposure to lawsuits and shareholder claims, as well as governmental and creditor claims that may be made against them in connection with their positions with publicly held companies. Outside directors are becoming increasingly concerned with the availability of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to pay on a timely basis the costs incurred in defending shareholder claims. Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is expensive and difficult to obtain. The nature of our business may heighten these concerns due to our current product offerings in regulated or higher-risk industries. The SEC and the NYSE have also imposed higher independence standards and certain special requirements on directors of public companies. Accordingly, it may become increasingly difficult to attract and retain qualified outside directors to serve on our Board.
Stock trading volatility could impact our ability to recruit and retain employees.
Volatility or lack of appreciation in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain our key employees. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested equity have not significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase price of the shares or the exercise price of the options, or conversely, if the exercise price of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If we are unable to retain our employees, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses to retain our employees, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.
Members of our senior management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our operations as a public company, which will subject us to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts, investors and regulators. These obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
35
We may be exposed to risk if we cannot enhance, maintain, and adhere to our internal controls and procedures.
As a public company trading on the NYSE, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that will require us to anticipate and react to changes in our business accounting, auditing and regulatory requirements and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company, and we are still early in the process of generating a mature system of internal controls and integration across business systems. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our financial statements, harm our operating results, and subject us to litigation and claims arising from material weaknesses in our internal controls and any resulting consequences, including restatements of our financial statements. See “Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.”
Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information in an accurate manner or on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of NYSE rules. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm continue to report a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in the market price of our common stock.
Management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 that required us to restate the financial statements in our third quarter Form 10-Q. The material weakness related to financial reporting has not been remediated as of December 31, 2025. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us, materially and adversely affect our business and operating results and subject us to litigation and claims.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and reduce the risk of fraud. We continue to evaluate measures to remediate the material weakness. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.
If any new material weaknesses are identified in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable NYSE listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our share price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.
Additionally, if our revenue and other accounting, auditing or tax systems do not operate as intended or do not scale with anticipated growth in our business, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could be adversely affected. Any failure to develop, implement, or maintain effective internal controls related to our revenue and other accounting, auditing or tax systems and associated reporting could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
We have encountered difficulties with growth and change. If we fail to address these difficulties in assessing data usage, if the personnel handling our accounting, auditing or finance function fail to perform at an appropriate level for a public company, or if other weaknesses in internal controls are detected, it may be determined that we have another material weakness. In addition, most of our employees who work within our accounting, auditing and financial reporting functions have limited to no experience managing a publicly traded company and have limited to no experience implementing, monitoring and enforcing the internal financial, auditing and accounting controls for a publicly traded company. The identification of an additional material weakness could result in regulatory scrutiny and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial condition and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations.
36
We cannot predict the success of the measures we have taken to remediate our material weakness or the outcome of our assessment of these measures at this time. We can give no assurance that these measures will remediate any material weakness or deficiencies in internal control or that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that may lead to a restatement of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.
As a public company, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur increased expenses associated with the costs of being a public company.
We have and expect to continue to face a significant increase in insurance, legal, auditing, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404 of that Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated thereunder, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), the SEC and the NYSE, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements have and will continue to increase our costs and make certain activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements require us to carry out activities that we have not done previously. For example, in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, we created new Board committees and adopted new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, additional expenses associated with SEC reporting requirements have and will continue to be incurred. Furthermore, if any issues in complying with those requirements are identified (for example, if our independent registered accounting firm identifies a material weakness or significant deficiency in the internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs to remediate those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect our reputation or investor perceptions of it. Being a public company has and may in the future make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance. We may ultimately be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage with increased self-retention risk or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage in the future. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A Common Stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
The additional reporting and other obligations imposed by various rules and regulations applicable to public companies has and is expected to continue to increase legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of related legal, auditing, accounting and administrative activities. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that could otherwise be used to expand the business and achieve strategic objectives. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase costs.
Our existing indebtedness, and any indebtedness we incur in the future, could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and our ability to pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company owed $28.4 million pursuant to outstanding convertible promissory notes. Our level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay the principal of, interest on, or other amounts due with respect to our indebtedness. Our leverage and debt service obligations could adversely impact our business, including by:
•impairing our ability to generate cash sufficient to pay interest or principal, including periodic principal payments;
•increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
•requiring the dedication of a portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, thereby reducing the amount of our cash flow available for other purposes, including capital expenditures, dividends to stockholders or to pursue future business opportunities;
•requiring us to sell debt or equity securities or to sell some of our core assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet payment obligations;
•limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we compete; and
37
•placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage with less leveraged competitors and competitors that may have better access to capital resources.
Any of the foregoing factors could have negative consequences on our financial condition and results of operations.
Limited insurance coverage and availability may prevent us from obtaining insurance to cover all risks of loss.
We have insured certain products and launches to the extent that insurance was available at acceptable premiums. This insurance will not protect us against all losses due to specified exclusions, deductibles and material change limitations.
We have obtained and maintain insurance for directors and officers, cybersecurity, business owner, commercial general liability and workers’ compensation, based on a variety of factors, including the availability of insurance in the market, the cost of available insurance and the redundancy of our operating entities. Higher premiums on insurance policies will increase our costs and consequently reduce our operating income by the amount of such increased premiums. If the terms of these insurance policies become less favorable than those currently available, there may be limits on the amount of coverage that we can obtain or we may not be able to obtain insurance at all. Even as obtained, our insurance will not cover any loss in revenue incurred as a result of a partial or total loss.
Moreover, our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover our liabilities related to such hazards or operational risks. Moreover, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, and insurance may not continue to be available on terms as favorable as our current arrangements. The occurrence of a significant uninsured claim, or a claim in excess of the insurance coverage limits maintained by us, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock
We received a written notice from the NYSE that we are not in compliance with continued listing standards, and if we fail to regain compliance, our Class A Common Stock would be delisted.
On February 10, 2026, the Company received a written notice from the NYSE indicating the Company was not in compliance with the NYSE Listed Company Manual (i) Rule 802.01B, relating to the Company's required minimum total market capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading-day period and minimum stockholders' equity, and (ii) Rule 802.01C, relating to the minimum average closing price of the Company's Class A Common Stock, required over a consecutive 30 trading-day period. There can be no assurance that we will be able to regain compliance with the NYSE continued listing standards within any applicable cure periods or at all.
If the NYSE were to delist our Class A Common Stock, or if market participants believe delisting is likely, the trading price and liquidity of our Class A Common Stock could decline materially. A delisting could also reduce the number of investors willing or able to hold our Class A Common Stock, including because certain institutional investors and financial intermediaries may have policies or restrictions that limit investments in securities that are not listed on a national securities exchange. In addition, delisting could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital, including under our at-the-market offering program or other financing arrangements, and could increase our cost of capital. If our Class A Common Stock were delisted, it could be traded in the over-the-counter market, which may be more volatile, less liquid, and subject to wider bid-ask spreads than a national securities exchange. Delisting could also increase the costs and demands of compliance and investor relations activities and could divest management attention from operating our business.
Efforts to regain compliance with NSYE continued listing standards could require us to take actions that may be costly, may be dilutive to stockholders, or may be unsuccessful. Such actions could include, among other things, equity financings, changes to our capital structure, or other strategic measures. Any of these actions, or the perception that such actions may be necessary, could increase volatility in the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.
Future sales of our Class A Common Stock could cause the market price for our Class A Common Stock to decline.
We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock or the availability of shares of our Class A Common Stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales will occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline or be depressed.
38
We may issue our securities if we need to raise capital in connection with a capital expenditure, working capital requirement or acquisition. The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock issued in connection with a capital expenditure, working capital requirement or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. Any perceived excess in the supply of our shares in the market could negatively impact our share price and any issuance of additional securities investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE.
Our eligibility to maintain the listing of our Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants on the NYSE depends on a number of factors, including the price of our Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants and the number of persons that hold our Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants. If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange for failure to meet its listing standards, and we are not able to list such securities on another national securities exchange, then our Class A Common Stock could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
•a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
•reduced liquidity for our securities;
•a determination that the Class A Common Stock is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading the Class A Common Stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for shares of Class A Common Stock;
•a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
•a decreased ability for us to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our securities adversely, the price and trading volume of our securities could decline.
The trading market for our securities will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, markets, revenue streams, and competitors. Roth MKM and Maxim Group currently publish research and reports on us; however, additional securities and industry analysis may never publish research on us. If any of the analysts who currently cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our shares of Class A Common Stock, or provide relatively more favorable recommendations with respect to competitors, the price of our shares of Class A Common Stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.
Because there are no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A Common Stock at a price greater than what you paid for it.
We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment, and there are no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Class A Company Common Stock will be at the sole discretion of the Board. The Board may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as the Board may deem relevant. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in the Class A Common Stock unless you sell your Class A Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
Our stockholders may experience dilution in the future.
The percentage of shares of the Class A Common Stock owned by current stockholders may be diluted in the future because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including, without limitation, equity awards that we may grant to our directors, officers and employees, or the exercise of the Private Warrants, the Public Warrants, the Pre-funded Warrants or the Common Warrants. Such issuances may have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock.
39
Our Public Warrants, Private Warrants, Pre-Funded Warrants, and Common Warrants may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock and may result in dilution to stockholders.
We have a significant number of outstanding equity-linked securities, including warrants, that may in the future increase the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and may reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, the issuance of shares upon exercise of these instruments would dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, and the existence of these instruments may create an overhang that could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.
In connection with the Business Combination, we assumed warrants originally issued by Colombier that are exercisable for shares of our Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, including (i) 5,750,000 public warrants (the “Public Warrants”) and (ii) 5,700,000 private placement warrants (the “Private Warrants”), each outstanding as of December 31, 2025. The Public Warrants and Private Warrants generally expire on the fifth anniversary of the Business Combination, unless earlier redeemed or liquidated in accordance with their terms. The likelihood that holders will exercise these warrants, and the amount of proceeds we would receive upon any such exercise, depends on the market price of our Class A Common Stock relative to the $11.50 per share exercise price. For example, if the trading price of our Class A Common Stock is below $11.50 per share, holders are less likely to exercise these warrants. On March 13, 2026, the closing price of our Class A Common Stock as reported by the NYSE was $0.63 per share, which was below the $11.50 per share exercise price of the Public Warrants and Private Warrants. There can be no assurance that the Public Warrants or Private Warrants will become “in the money” prior to their expiration. In addition, Private Warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis by Colombier Sponsor LLC and its distributees, whereas Public Warrants generally may be exercised only for cash, subject to limited exceptions set forth in the applicable warrant agreement.
On December 18, 2025, we entered into a securities purchase agreement relating to a registered direct offering that included Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase 5,018,184 shares of our Class A common stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”) and Common Warrants to purchase 8,522,730 shares of our Class A common stock (the “Common Warrants”), each outstanding as of December 31, 2025. The Pre-Funded Warrants have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share, and therefore are expected to be exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock at essentially any trading price. The Common Warrants have an exercise price of $1.18 per share, become exercisable six months following issuance, and have a term of five and a half years from the initial exercise date. The issuance of shares upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants and Common Warrants could result in substantial dilution to existing stockholders and could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
In addition, the existence of these warrant instruments may increase volatility in the trading price of our Class A Common Stock because investors may anticipate potential issuances of shares upon exercise, and we may be required to register shares issuable upon exercise or maintain an effective registration statement in order to permit certain exercises, depending on the terms of the applicable instruments. The issuance of shares upon exercise of these warrants could also make it more difficult for us to raise capital on favorable terms, and could otherwise materially adversely affect the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.
As of February 27, 2026, we are no longer a "controlled company", and as a result, we are required to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements in the NYSE listing standards, subject to certain phase-in periods. Failure to do so may lead to escalating consequences up to and including potential delisting of the Company’s Class A Common Stock from the NYSE.
Prior to December 31, 2025, we had a dual class structure which allowed our Founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, Michael Seifert, to control a majority of the voting power of our common equity. As a result, we qualified as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NYSE. Under these rules, a listed company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.
40
However, our "controlled company" status ended as of February 27, 2026, following the resignation of Michael Seifert. We are now required to comply with certain NYSE rules that govern corporate governance standards from which we were previously exempt, subject to certain phase-in periods. These include the requirement to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, and (iii) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. NYSE rules mandate that the Company must satisfy the majority independent board requirement within one year of the date its status changed and have at least one independent member on its nominating committee and at least one independent member on its compensation committee by the date its status changes, at least a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the date its status changes and fully independent committees within one year of the date its status changes. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to satisfy such requirements. Failure to meet such requirements could subject the Company to delisting from the NYSE.
Our Public Warrants and Private Warrants are accounted for as a warrant liability and were recorded at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
In accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), the Company’s warrants are classified as derivative liabilities and measured at fair value on its balance sheet, with any changes in fair value to be reported each period in earnings on our statement of operations.
As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our financial statements may fluctuate quarterly, based on factors that are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our Warrants each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material.
Certain holders of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to a contingent right to receive Earnout Shares that is conditioned on specific circumstances, of which the occurrence is uncertain, and the failure of any of such circumstances to occur could create potential negative effects such as an increased risk of litigation.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, holders of Private PSQ’s common stock prior to the Closing Date and certain executive officers, employees and service providers (collectively, the “Participating Equityholders”) are entitled to receive their pro rata portion of up to 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued by the Company to Participating Equityholders upon achievement of certain trading price-based targets for the Class A Common Stock following Closing (the “Earnout Shares”) (subject to equitable adjustment for share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like after the Closing Date, including to account for any equity securities into which such shares are exchanged or converted) as additional consideration based on the performance of the Class A Common Stock during the five-year period after the Closing Date (the “Earnout Period”), as set forth below upon satisfaction of any of the following conditions:
•in the event that, and upon the date during the Earnout Period on which, the volume-weighted average trading price of the Class A Common Stock quoted on the NYSE (or such other exchange on which our Class A Common Stock is then listed) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period (the “Earnout Trading Price”) is greater than or equal to $12.50 (“Triggering Event I”), the Participating Equityholders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1,000,000 Earnout Shares;
•in the event that, and upon the date during the Earnout Period on which, the Earnout Trading Price is greater than or equal to $15.00 (“Triggering Event II”), the Participating Equityholders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1,000,000 additional Earnout Shares; and
•in the event that, and upon the date during the Earnout Period on which, the Earnout Trading Price is greater than or equal to $17.50 (“Triggering Event III” and, together with Triggering Event I and Triggering Event II, the “Triggering Events”), the Participating Equityholders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1,000,000 additional Earnout Shares.
Whether the Triggering Events will be met is uncertain and depends on factors that may be out of our direct control, such as market conditions and our stock price. The failure of any Triggering Event to occur could give rise to potential litigation and other negative effects because of management’s business decisions, which may negatively impact our stock price.
41
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.
We are an “emerging growth company” and “smaller reporting company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. We may continue to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We cannot predict whether investors will find securities issued by us less attractive because we elect to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find those securities less attractive as a result of its reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our IPO, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion; (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Class A Common Stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a critical component of our risk management strategy and corporate governance. We have implemented a comprehensive cybersecurity program designed to identify, assess, and mitigate risks that could materially impact our operations, financial condition, or reputation. Our approach begins with regular security risk assessments, where we analyze potential threats, evaluate their severity, and develop prioritized mitigation strategies. Responsibility for addressing these risks is assigned to appropriate teams, ensuring accountability and effective remediation.
To enhance our security posture, we employ autonomous monitoring tools that continuously detect vulnerabilities and track anomalous activity across our infrastructure and applications. Alerts from these systems are escalated for triage by our Information Security team, allowing us to proactively address potential threats. Employee education is also a key element of our cybersecurity strategy. We provide ongoing training on data security best practices, phishing awareness, and social engineering defenses to ensure that our workforce remains vigilant against evolving threats.
42
We maintain a structured incident management program that is formally tested through tabletop exercises at least once a year. Additionally, our business continuity and disaster recovery program is regularly evaluated to ensure resilience against disruptions. Recognizing the risks associated with third-party
Governance of cybersecurity risks is integrated into our overall corporate oversight framework. Our Board of Directors considers cybersecurity a fundamental risk area and has delegated responsibility for oversight to the Audit Committee. The day-to-day management of cybersecurity risks is led by our Chief Information Security Officer
Our CISO brings extensive experience in security governance, risk, and compliance, with over 14 years of leadership in both public and private enterprises, including startups. Holding a degree in Accounting and Management Information Systems, our CISO provides deep expertise in aligning security initiatives with business objectives and regulatory requirements.
To date, we have not experienced any cybersecurity incidents that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect , our business strategy, financial condition, or results of operations. However, we remain vigilant in our efforts to mitigate cybersecurity risks and respond swiftly to potential threats.
Our cybersecurity risk management framework is guided by industry-leading standards, including the National Institute of Standards and Technology ("NIST") Cybersecurity Framework ("CSF") and ISO 27001. Additionally, our FinTech business maintains Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard ("PCI DSS") Level 1 compliance, undergoing annual external audits to ensure continued adherence. To further strengthen our security practices, management is actively evaluating additional certifications that align with our commitment to maintaining a resilient cybersecurity program.
Item 2. Properties
The Company's principal executive offices are located in West Palm Beach, Florida, where it leases approximately 5,437 square feet of office space. The lease for this facility expires in May 2028. The Company also leases approximately 3,712 square feet of office space in Bozeman, Montana, with a lease term expiring May 2027.
A portion of the Company's workforce operates remotely within the United States. The Company believes its leased facilities are adequate to support its current operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that are expected to have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
43
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “PSQH” and “PSQH.WS,” respectively.
Holders
As of March 13, 2026, there were 51 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock and five holders of record of our Public Warrants. A substantially greater number of holders are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares of record are held by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. It is the present intention of our Board to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our Board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
In 2025, we did not sell any shares of stock that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than those sales previously reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, and other information included elsewhere in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this report. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.
Overview
PSQ Holdings, Inc. is a payments and financial infrastructure company. The Company builds and operates infrastructure in highly regulated environments for industries underserved by traditional financial institutions, including businesses, campaigns, and nonprofits that depend on reliable, compliant payment solutions. PSQ Holdings, Inc. historically operated under three segments: Financial Technology, Marketplace, and Brands ("Financial Technology", "Marketplace", and "Brands"), however, in August 2025, the Company announced a strategic repositioning to focus its resources and capital on accelerating the growth of its Financial Technology segment. As part of this repositioning, the Company initiated a plan to monetize the Brands segment through the sale of EveryLife and to pursue a sale or strategic partnership of the Marketplace segment, including evaluating opportunities to repurpose certain intellectual property to complement its Financial Technology offerings.
Following further evaluation of market conditions and transaction alternatives, the Company determined during the fourth quarter of 2025 that pursuing a sale or partnership of the Marketplace segment would not be the most efficient use of resources. Accordingly, the Company wound down the Marketplace business as of December 31, 2025, and will not continue development of the Marketplace technology platform as part of its long-term strategy. The Company may evaluate opportunities to leverage certain customer relationships in support of its Financial Technology initiatives.
44
As of December 31, 2025, the Company continues to actively pursue the monetization of the Brands segment, and the sale process remains ongoing. Management expects to enter into a definitive agreement during the first half of 2026 and continues to engage with interested parties.
As of December 31, 2025, PSQ Holdings, Inc. operates under one reportable segment: Financial Technology ("Financial Technology" or "FinTech"). The Financial Technology reportable segment is comprised of three operating segments, Credova, a "Buy Now, Pay Later" company focused on the outdoors & shooting sports industry; PSQ Payments, a "cancel-proof" payments processing company; and PSQ Impact, a payments and fundraising platform serving nonprofit organizations and political campaigns.
Payment processing is the lifeblood of the American economy. Owning the payments stack puts PSQ Holdings, Inc. at the center of its merchants’ transactions with solutions that are simple to integrate and resilient by design. We pair advanced technology with a deep understanding of merchant and consumer needs to facilitate next generation commerce. By bundling multiple payment types, the Company expects to create higher conversion and more stickiness with consumers. Multiple systems redundancies and sponsor banks mean peace of mind and better economics for our merchants, regardless of business industry.
Recent Developments
Executive Leadership Changes
On January 7, 2026, the Company announced updates to its Board and executive leadership structure intended to delineate board oversight, enhance operational focus, and position the Company for its next phase of growth as a scaled public FinTech platform. The leadership updates include:
•Michael Seifert stepped down as Chairman of the Board.
•Dusty Wunderlich was named Chairman of the Board and has stepped down as Chief Strategy Officer of the Company.
•Blake Masters was appointed Lead Independent Board Director and will provide independent oversight and serve as liaison between the Board and management.
•Michael Perkins was appointed Chief Operating Officer.
•Mike Hebert stepped down as Chief Operating Officer and was named Senior Vice President of People to oversee the organizational development, talent and culture of the Company.
On January 27, 2026, Michael Seifert stepped down as Chief Executive Officer and resigned from the Company's Board of Directors, and Dusty Wunderlich was appointed as Chief Executive Officer.
As part of Mr. Seifert's separation from the Company, Mr. Seifert forfeited 1,000,000 shares of Class C common stock. As of February 27, 2026, all of Mr. Seifert's Class C common stock converted into shares of Class A common stock. As a result, Mr. Seifert no longer possesses a majority of the voting power of the Company's common stock and the Company is no longer a "controlled company" under NYSE rules. We are now required to comply with certain NYSE rules that govern corporate governance standards from which we were previously exempt, subject to certain phase-in periods. These include the requirement to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, and (iii) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. NYSE rules mandate that the Company must satisfy the majority independent board requirement within one year of the date its status changed and have at least one independent member on its nominating committee and at least one independent member on its compensation committee by the date its status changes, at least a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the date its status changes and fully independent committees within one year of the date its status changes. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to satisfy such requirements. Failure to meet such requirements could subject the Company to delisting from the NYSE.
45
Direct Offering of Common Stock
On December 18, 2025, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with an existing fundamental institutional investor (the “Purchaser”) relating to the registered direct offering and sale of an aggregate of 1,800,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, pre-funded warrants (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”) to purchase 5,018,184 shares of Class A Common Stock, and accompanying common warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,522,730 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Common Warrants” and the offering of the Shares, the Pre-Funded Warrants and the Common Warrants, the “Offering”) at a combined offering price of $1.10 per share, provided, that the combined purchase price per Pre-Funded Warrant and accompanying Common Warrant is identical to the purchase price per Shares and accompanying Common Warrant, less the Pre-Funded Warrant exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The Common Warrants have an exercise price of $1.18 per share, will be exercisable six months following issuance and have a term of five and a half years from the initial exercise date. The gross proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $7.5 million.
Launch of PSQ Impact
In October 2025, PSQ Holdings, Inc. launched PSQ Impact, a next-generation political fundraising platform engineered to supercharge the Conservative movement and values-aligned non-profit ecosystem. PSQ Impact leverages the Company’s existing technology infrastructure, payments capabilities, and merchant network to provide an integrated digital fundraising solution that includes donor acquisition, payment processing, compliance tools, data analytics, and campaign management functionality.
The platform is intended to create a vertically integrated ecosystem that connects donors with aligned organizations while providing transparency, security, and operational efficiency. By utilizing the Company’s payments processing technology and consumer network, PSQ Impact seeks to reduce customer acquisition costs, increase donor conversion and retention rates, and enhance recurring contribution programs.
PSQ Impact is also designed to expand our FinTech-focused strategy by diversifying revenue streams through transaction-based fees, platform subscription services, and value-added compliance and data services. Management believes PSQ Impact positions the Company to capture incremental share within the political fundraising market while deepening engagement within its broader values-driven marketplace.
Components of Results of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company reported net loss of $36.6 million and $57.7 million, respectively. The year-over-year improvement in net loss was driven by improved operating performance and other non-operating items. Operating loss improved to $32.0 million in 2025 from $41.7 million in 2024, reflecting operational efficiencies and cost reductions implemented during the period.
Net loss decreased by $21.1 million compared to the prior year, primarily due to a $9.0 million gain from changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities, an $8.2 million increase in revenues, a $2.4 million decrease in loss from discontinued operations, a $1.6 million reduction in operating expenses, and a $0.6 million increase in interest income, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in interest expense. The Company has not been profitable since inception and, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, had an accumulated deficit of $156.5 million and $119.9 million, respectively. Since inception, the Company has financed its operations primarily through equity and debt financings.
Revenues, net
We generate revenues from one segment—Financial Technology—as described below.
Financial Technology
Credova principally generates BNPL revenue from five activities: sale of loan and lease contracts, interest earned on loans, rent payments on leased merchandise, retailer discounts, and origination fees paid by third parties earned in connection with providing financing on consumer goods. Revenue from the Company’s sales of loans and leases is recognized at a point in time when the Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of the loans and leases to a third party. Interest on loans is calculated by the simple-interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. Revenue from leases is recognized over time when the Company satisfies a performance obligation based on the agreed upon financing terms. Revenue from retailer discounts is recognized at a point in time when the
46
Company satisfies performance obligations by purchasing the contract from the merchant in connection with a merchant-originated consumer financing product. Origination fees from lenders are recognized at time of loan origination.
PSQ Payments generates revenue via its merchant servicer platform to provide its customers with a payments stack to efficiently manage their payment processes. The merchant servicer platform combines the payment processing and gateway into a single, integrated service encompassing all debit and credit card processing and ACH in and out payment processing. The Company recognizes card processing and transaction revenues in connection with customer use of the platform.
PSQ Impact generates revenues via its fundraising platform by providing a secure payments and reporting technology to support 501c(3) and 501c(4) nonprofits in the conservative movement.
For a description of our revenue recognition policies, see Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in our consolidated financial statements.
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) consists of underwriting and transaction costs related to the sale of loans and leases, transaction costs incurred in the facilitation of loan and lease origination, and payment processing activities including interchange fees, assessment fees, processing costs and bank settlement charges paid to third-party payment processors and financial institutions in the ordinary course of operations.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses primarily include general and administrative, sales and marketing, research and development, and depreciation and amortization. The most significant component of our operating expenses is personnel-related costs such as salaries, benefits, share-based and variable compensation.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses for our finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, as well as the costs of information technology, professional services, insurance, travel, and other administrative expenses. We expect to continue incurring expenses associated with operating as a public company, including legal, audit, tax and accounting costs, investor relations costs, insurance premiums and compliance costs. As a result of cost-saving measures and the reclassification of certain costs, we expect general and administrative expenses will decrease in absolute dollars in future periods and decline as a percentage of total revenue over time.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, consultant fees, commissions, and direct marketing costs related to the promotion of our platforms/solutions. As a result of reclassification of costs, we expect sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and decline as a percentage of total revenue over time as we scale back paid marketing efforts and focus on monetizing our current customer base. Our inability to scale our expenses could negatively impact profitability.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits and consultant fees related to our development activities to originate, develop, and build our platforms. As a result of cost-cutting efforts, the Company expects research and development expenses will decrease in absolute dollars in future periods and decline as a percentage of total revenue over time.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of amortization of capitalized software development costs, intangible assets, depreciation of leased assets, office fixtures, and furniture.
47
Non-Operating Income and Other Items
Other Income, net
Other income, net relates to interest income earned on the money market accounts, a gain resulting from the sale of leased assets, and a gain resulting from the settlement of an outstanding payable for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Changes in Fair Value of Earn-out Liabilities
Changes in fair value of earn-out liabilities are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The earn-out liabilities represent a financial instrument other than an outstanding share that embodies a conditional obligation that the issuer must or may settle by issuing a variable number of its equity shares. We record the earn-out liabilities at their fair values at each reporting period.
Changes in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities
Changes in fair value of warrant liabilities are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. We record the warrant liabilities at their fair values at each reporting period.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense incurred consists of interest due on the Company's revolving line of credit and convertible promissory notes issued.
Income Tax Expense
We are subject to income taxes in the United States, but due to our net operating loss (“NOL”) position, we have recognized a minimal provision or benefit in recent years. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We have established a full valuation allowance to offset our U.S. net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from our NOL carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.
Key Business Metrics and Selected Financial Data
We use the following key metrics and non-GAAP measures to evaluate our performance, identify trends affecting our business, and make strategic decisions:
•Segment Revenue (see Note 16 for more details);
•Segment non-GAAP operating loss (see discussion below in "Non-GAAP Financial Measures");
•Segment non-GAAP gross profit (see discussion below in "Non-GAAP Financial Measures"); and
•Gross Merchandise Volume ("GMV") of Financial Technology Segment.
For GMV, these metrics are based on internal company data, assumptions, and estimates and are used in managing our business. We believe that these figures are reasonable estimates, and we actively take measures to improve their accuracy, such as eliminating known fictitious or duplicate accounts. There are, however, inherent challenges in gathering accurate data across large online and mobile populations.
GMV of Financial Technology Segment
In addition to revenue, net loss, and other results under U.S. GAAP, the following table sets forth key operating metrics we use to evaluate our Financial Technology segment. The information below represents proforma information for 2024 as if the Credova Merger closed on January 1, 2024:
48
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Gross merchandise volume (“GMV”) – Credit | $ | 48,915,050 | $ | 59,466,913 | (18) | % | |||||||||||
| Gross merchandise volume (“GMV”) – PSQ Payments | $ | 308,819,991 | $ | 10,591,612 | 2816 | % | |||||||||||
We measure GMV to assess the volume of transactions that take place on our platform. We define GMV as the total dollar amount of all transactions generated from both Credit and PSQ Payments during the applicable period, net of refunds. GMV does not represent revenue earned by us; however, it is an indicator of the success of our merchants and the strength of our platform.
Gross Merchandise Volume (“GMV”) – Credit
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, GMV – Credit was $48.9 million and $59.5 million, respectively, which represented an approximate reduction of 18%, as compared to the same period in 2024. The decrease in GMV – Credit for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by a strategic shift in company resources to expand our new payment processing business. Our top five merchants and platform partners accounted for approximately 57% of total GMV – Credit in 2025, compared to 46% in 2024. GMV – Credit from our largest merchant represented 23% of total GMV – Credit in 2025, up from 17% in 2024. The shift in volume from our top five merchants is primarily due to the overall reductions in sales across the industry.
GMV – Credit declined year-over-year, driven by a broader slowdown in the firearm retail industry and our continued focus on disciplined underwriting practices. Industry-wide softness impacted many of our merchant partners, with some reporting sales down more than 20% year-over-year, consistent with national trends. According to the National Shooting Sports Foundation (“NSSF”), U.S. firearm sales as measured by NSSF-adjusted National Instant Criminal Background Check System (“NICS”) checks declined in 2025 compared to 2024, with approximately 14.6 million adjusted background checks in 2025 versus approximately 15.2 million in 2024, a decrease of roughly 4.1%. Additionally, the fourth quarter of 2025 NSSF-adjusted NICS figure of approximately 4.29 million reflects a 3.7% decline compared to the fourth quarter of 2024’s 4.46 million, underscoring persistent market softness. The decline in overall firearm demand has been influenced by reduced consumer urgency under a pro-Second Amendment federal administration, as well as macroeconomic factors such as inflationary pressures and constrained discretionary spending, which have affected purchasing behavior across the retail sector. Despite these headwinds, the industry continues to demonstrate a strong baseline level of demand, with adjusted background checks generally exceeding historical norms even as year-over-year figures remain lower.
In addition to market pressures, our recent credit policy enhancements—including the broader implementation of machine-learning models—tightened approval rates as part of a long-term strategy to improve portfolio performance. These actions contributed to lower GMV earlier in the year; however, GMV performance stabilized in the fourth quarter of 2025 relative to the fourth quarter of 2024, supported by a 14% increase in originations during the fourth quarter of 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. This improvement reflects the initial impact of strategic initiatives implemented throughout 2025, including improvements in product mix, consumer re-engagement, and refinements to our origination channels.
In response to these market conditions, the Company continues to execute strategic initiatives designed to diversify and strengthen future growth. These include expanding into new and tangential retail verticals to reduce concentration risk, improving customer re-engagement, developing innovative financial products tailored to a broader consumer base, and enhancing underwriting processes through advanced AI models and other data-driven tools. Management believes these actions position the Company for greater resilience and sustainable GMV growth as industry conditions normalize.
Gross Merchandise Volume (“GMV”) – PSQ Payments
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, GMV – PSQ Payments was $308.8 million and $10.6 million, respectively, which represented an approximate change of 2,816%, as compared to the same period in 2024.
The increase in GMV – PSQ Payments for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by the launch of PSQ Payments in October 2024 resulting in only a concentrated number of merchants that were actively processing through our solution during 2024.
49
Our top three merchants accounted for approximately 83% of total GMV – PSQ Payments in 2025, with our largest merchant representing 43% of total GMV – PSQ Payments. As PSQ Payments was a nascent business in 2024 and only a few merchants were actively processing through our solution, management believes 2024 GMV Payments breakdown by merchant is not beneficial to provide.
Results of Operations
The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 found elsewhere in this document.
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the dollar and percentage change between the two periods:
| For the years ended December 31, | Variance | Variance | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 18,219,469 | $ | 10,061,045 | $ | 8,158,424 | 81 | % | |||||||||||||||
| Costs and expenses: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown below) | 5,602,641 | 438,144 | 5,164,497 | 1179 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| General and administrative | 28,881,858 | 38,804,534 | (9,922,676) | (26) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Sales and marketing | 5,965,941 | 8,278,034 | (2,312,093) | (28) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Research and development | 3,841,902 | 1,893,782 | 1,948,120 | 103 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 5,887,897 | 2,347,107 | 3,540,790 | 151 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total costs and expenses | 50,180,239 | 51,761,601 | (1,581,362) | (3) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Operating loss | (31,960,770) | (41,700,556) | 9,739,786 | (23) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other income (expense): | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other income, net | 987,983 | 419,050 | 568,933 | 136 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities | 630,000 | 40,000 | 590,000 | 1475 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of warrant liabilities | 8,955,750 | (56,000) | 9,011,750 | (16092) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | (3,509,485) | (2,302,697) | (1,206,788) | 52 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Loss before income taxes from continuing operations | (24,896,522) | (43,600,203) | 18,703,681 | (43) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | — | (1,600) | 1,600 | (100) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Loss from continuing operations | (24,896,522) | (43,601,803) | 18,705,281 | (43) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | (11,715,146) | (14,085,486) | 2,370,340 | (17) | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (36,611,668) | $ | (57,687,289) | $ | 21,075,621 | (37) | % | |||||||||||||||
50
Revenues, net
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, net: | |||||||||||
| Direct revenue | $ | 2,305,247 | $ | 3,269,740 | |||||||
| Interest income on loans | 2,556,857 | 2,569,061 | |||||||||
| Loan and lease contracts sold, net | 4,483,499 | 4,002,463 | |||||||||
| Lease merchandise revenue | 3,296,775 | — | |||||||||
Payment processing revenues (1) | 5,577,091 | 219,781 | |||||||||
| Total revenues, net | $ | 18,219,469 | $ | 10,061,045 | |||||||
(1) Includes both PSQ Payments and PSQ Impact revenues.
Revenues, net increased by $8.2 million, or 81% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase is primarily related to the launch of PSQ Payments and the addition of lease merchandise revenue, partially offset by a decline in direct revenue.
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased by $5.2 million, or 1179%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. This growth is primarily attributable to an increase of $4.9 million in transaction fees as a result of the launch of PSQ Payments.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased by $9.9 million, or 26%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was due to a decrease in share-based compensation expense of $5.2 million, a decrease in professional services of $1.9 million, a decrease of employee and contractor compensation and benefits of $1.7 million, and a decrease in transaction costs of $1.1 million. The decrease in share-based compensation expense was primarily driven by a $2.3 million reversal related to a Type III modification realized during the year ended December 31, 2025 caused by a change in role and responsibilities of the former Chief Financial Officer and the reduction of the Company's average stock price during 2025 compared to 2024.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $2.3 million, or 28%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was due to a $4.5 million decrease in share-based compensation partially offset by an increase in employee compensation and benefits of $2.0 million and an increase in FinTech brand awareness costs of $0.2 million.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 103%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was due to an increase in employee and contractor compensation and benefits expenses of $2.1 million due to the launch of PSQ Payments and PSQ Impact, partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in share-based compensation expense.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.5 million, or 151% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily related to an increase in amortization of capitalized software development costs of $1.8 million and an increase in depreciation of leased assets of $1.6 million.
51
Other Income, net
Other income, net increased by $0.6 million for year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was due to interest income of $0.4 million earned on the money market accounts and a $0.2 million gain resulting from a settlement on an outstanding payable.
Changes in Fair Value of Earn-out Liabilities
Changes in the fair value of earn-out liabilities increased by $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was due to a decrease in the fair value of the earn-out liabilities at the end of 2025, as compared to 2024.
Changes in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities
Changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities increased by $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was due to a decrease in the fair value of the warrant liabilities at the end of 2025, as compared to 2024.
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net increased by $1.2 million, or 52%, for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was due to higher outstanding debt on the revolving line of credit for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, along with a full year of interest paid on the convertible promissory notes.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense decreased by an insignificant amount for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, the Company has financed its operations primarily through equity and debt financings. The Company's primary short-term liquidity requirements consist of funding general working capital needs, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. Longer-term capital needs include continued investment in product development, engineering and compliance resources, and the funding of consumer loan and lease activity.
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations of $16.1 million and $36.6 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of interest-bearing deposit accounts managed by third-party financial institutions and highly liquid investments with original maturities of one year or less.
The Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with anticipated cash proceeds from the planned sale of the Brands segment, will be sufficient to fund its operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months from the date of the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. In addition, the Company has access to an at-the-market offering program pursuant to which it may offer and sell shares of its Class A Common Stock from time to time, with $48.8 million in shares remaining available for issuance under the program as of December 31, 2025.
Management has implemented and continues to implement initiatives intended to reduce cash usage and improve operating efficiency. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company realized approximately $14.0 million in year-over-year operating expense savings compared to the prior year, which contributed to reduced cash usage. The Company’s Board of Directors and executive team have outlined a plan which reflects the strategic shift to focus exclusively on FinTech operations to improve the Company’s cash position and involves a variety of cash management initiatives. The operations plan includes stronger revenues and margin run rate derived from the investments made throughout 2025. This plan is supported by a strong FinTech performance during the last half of 2025 which has continued into 2026. The cash management initiatives include the discontinuation of its brands and marketplace segments, reducing corporate operating expenses, a staff reduction of 35% which occurred from September 2025 through February 2026 and future planned reductions of 19% occurring from March 2026 through June 2026. In addition, the Company is working to terminate and or reduce contractor and consulting agreements. These executed and planned reductions that started in quarter four of 2025 are expected to result in annualized cash savings of approximately $8.0 million. Additionally, the plan
52
considers further options such as completing a sale of EveryLife, amending the terms of the existing credit facility to access additional financing, and evaluating other areas to reduce compensation and costs if necessary.
The Company's future capital requirements will depend on a number of factors including the pace of revenue growth, timing and extent of investments in sales, marketing, and product development, credit performance within our Credova portfolio, and general market conditions. The Company may seek additional financing through equity or debt offerings or other strategic arrangements. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to the Company on acceptable terms or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital when required, its business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Operationally, the Company continues to focus on improving cash generation through revenue growth within its Financial Technology segment. PSQ Payments has expanded its merchant onboarding and sales efforts and has entered into multiple large merchant agreements, with additional contracts in advanced stages of negotiations. PSQ Impact has continued to grow its customer base, including expansion into nonprofit organizations. These developments are expected to contribute to future revenue growth; however, the timing and magnitude of any related cash inflows may vary.
In December 2025, the Company completed a registered direct offering for the purchase and sale of an aggregate of 1,800,000 Shares, Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase 5,018,184 shares of Class A Common Stock, and Common Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,522,730 shares of Class A Common Stock at a combined offering price of $1.10 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $7.5 million. The net proceeds from this Offering are being used for general corporate purposes, including working capital and investment in the Company's FinTech operations.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
The following table shows our cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | Variance | |||||||||||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (19,941,398) | $ | (34,128,721) | $ | 14,187,323 | |||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | $ | (10,486,552) | $ | (3,019,388) | $ | (7,467,164) | |||||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | $ | 9,955,662 | $ | 57,291,686 | $ | (47,336,024) | |||||||||||
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $19.9 million compared to $34.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in net cash used in operating activities was due primarily to a decrease of $21.1 million in net loss and an increase in the net cash used by operating assets and liabilities of $5.9 million, partially offset by a decrease in fair value of warrant liabilities of $9.0 million, and a decrease of $3.8 million in non-cash related expenses.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $10.5 million, an increase of $7.5 million from cash used in investing activities of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 primarily related to $3.8 million of net decrease in loans held for investment, $3.3 million of additions to lease merchandise, $2.9 million of software development costs, and $0.5 million of licensing purchases. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily related to $3.7 million of software development costs partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million of net loans held for investment.
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $10.0 million compared to $57.3 million net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $31.7 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs, a decrease of $20.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable, and an increase of $0.4 million related to taxes paid on
53
vesting of employee RSUs, partially offset by a an increase of $6.7 million in proceeds from issuances of common stock and pre-funded warrants, net and a net increase of $3.9 million in the revolving line of credit balance.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The non-GAAP financial measures below have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP and should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results. We caution investors that non-GAAP financial information, by its nature, departs from traditional accounting conventions. Therefore, its use can make it difficult to compare our current results with our results from other reporting periods and with the results of other companies.
Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) facilitate external comparisons of the results of our overall business to the historical operating performance of other companies that may have different capital structures and debt levels; (iv) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (v) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (vi) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments.
For the periods presented, we define non-GAAP operating loss as GAAP operating loss, adjusted to exclude, as applicable, certain expenses as presented in the table below:
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Reconciliation: | |||||||||||
| GAAP operating loss | $ | (31,960,770) | $ | (41,700,556) | |||||||
| Non-GAAP adjustments: | |||||||||||
| Corporate costs not allocated to segments | (6,166,822) | (16,106,785) | |||||||||
| Transaction costs incurred in connection with acquisitions | — | (2,295,502) | |||||||||
| Share-based compensation (exclusive of what is included in transaction costs above) | (10,774,457) | (19,835,744) | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | (5,887,897) | (2,347,107) | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP operating loss | $ | (9,131,594) | $ | (1,115,418) | |||||||
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
None.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, balance sheet, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our management’s judgments and estimates. Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our balance sheet and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described
54
in Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 included elsewhere in this report.
Emerging Growth Company Status
In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult.
Smaller Reporting Company Status
Additionally, the Company is a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. The Company will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (i) the market value of common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter (if the Company’s annual revenues exceeded $100 million during the preceding completed fiscal year), or (ii) the market value of common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. Because the Company takes advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of its financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The consolidated financial statements required pursuant to this item are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, beginning on page F-1.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. As required under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2025, based on the criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
55
Commission ("COSO"). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to the material weakness, identified in December 2023, in our internal control over financial reporting, including controls surrounding complex accounting transactions. Notwithstanding the existence of this material weakness, management believes that the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.
Management is actively implementing remediation steps to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we have expanded and improved our review process for complex transactions, onboarded additional staff with requisite experience as accounting professionals, as well as identified and retained third-party professionals with whom to consult regarding complex accounting applications. Management believes these actions will enhance our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). However, the material weakness will not be considered remediated until the controls operate for a sufficient period of time and until management has concluded, through testing, that the controls are effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Except as noted above, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None of our officers or directors, as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange Act, adopted terminated
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevents Inspections
Not applicable.
56
PART III - OTHER INFORMATION
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item 10 relating to officers and directors and nominees for election to the Board is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2025.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
In accordance with the information required by this Item 10 relating to the code of ethics required by Item 406 of Regulation S-K, the Company has a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code"), which applies to its directors, officers (including its principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer), and all other employees (collectively, the "Covered Persons" and each a "Covered Person"). The full text of the Code is available on the Investor Relations section of the Company's website. The Company intends to satisfy the SEC's requirements regarding amendments to, or waivers from, the Code by posting such information on its website.
Insider Trading Policy
The Company has an Insider Trading Policy which prohibits Covered Persons from buying or selling the Company's securities while the Covered Person is aware of material nonpublic information about the Company. The Company believes that its Insider Trading Policy is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and any applicable listing standards. A copy of the Insider Trading Policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information regarding executive compensation, compensation committee interlocks and insider participation is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2025.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Share-Based Compensation Plans
Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned "Executive Compensation—Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the Proxy Statement.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2025.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained, in the Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2025.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained, in the Proxy Statement, which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2025.
57
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)Documents filed as part of this report
(1)All financial statements
*UHY LLP, PCAOB Firm ID No. 1195
(2)Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3)Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
| Exhibit | Description | |||||||
| 2.1† | ||||||||
| 2.2† | ||||||||
| 3.1 | ||||||||
| 3.2 | ||||||||
| 4.1* | ||||||||
| 4.2 | ||||||||
| 4.3 | ||||||||
| 4.4 | ||||||||
| 4.5 | ||||||||
| 10.1 | ||||||||
| 10.2# | ||||||||
| 10.3# | ||||||||
58
| 10.4# | ||||||||
| 10.5# | ||||||||
| 10.6# | ||||||||
| 10.7 | ||||||||
| 10.8 | ||||||||
| 10.9 | ||||||||
| 10.10# | ||||||||
| 10.11 | ||||||||
| 10.12 | ||||||||
| 10.13 | ||||||||
| 10.14 | ||||||||
| 10.15 | ||||||||
| 10.16 | ||||||||
| 10.17 | ||||||||
| 10.18 | ||||||||
| 10.19 | ||||||||
| 10.20 | ||||||||
| 10.21# | ||||||||
| 10.22# | ||||||||
| 10.23# | ||||||||
59
| 10.24# | ||||||||
| 10.25# | ||||||||
| 10.26# | ||||||||
| 10.27 | ||||||||
| 10.28* | ||||||||
| 10.29 | ||||||||
| 10.30 | ||||||||
| 10.31 | ||||||||
| 10.32 | ||||||||
| 10.33 | ||||||||
| 10.34 | ||||||||
| 10.35† | ||||||||
| 10.36† | ||||||||
| 10.37† | ||||||||
| 10.38† | ||||||||
| 10.39† | ||||||||
| 10.40† | ||||||||
| 10.41* | ||||||||
| 19.1 | ||||||||
| 21.1 | ||||||||
| 23.1* | ||||||||
| 31.1* | ||||||||
60
| 31.2* | ||||||||
| 32.1* | ||||||||
| 32.2* | ||||||||
| 97.1 | ||||||||
| 101.INS | Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. | |||||||
| 101.SCH | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. | |||||||
| 101.CAL | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. | |||||||
| 101.DEF | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. | |||||||
| 101.LAB | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document. | |||||||
| 101.PRE | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. | |||||||
| 104 | Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit). | |||||||
*Filed or furnished herewith.
#Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
†Schedules and similar attachments to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Registration S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the SEC upon request.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
61
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Contents
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
PSQ Holdings. Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PSQ Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ UHY LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.
March 17, 2026
F-2
PSQ HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||
| Current assets: | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Restricted cash | |||||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | |||||||||||
| Lease receivable, net | |||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for credit losses of $ | |||||||||||
Lease merchandise, net of accumulated depreciation of $ | |||||||||||
| Interest receivable | |||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | |||||||||||
| Current assets held for sale (Note 4) | |||||||||||
| Total current assets | |||||||||||
Loans held for investment, net of allowance for credit losses of $ | |||||||||||
Lease merchandise, net of accumulated depreciation of $ | |||||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | |||||||||||
| Intangible assets, net | |||||||||||
| Goodwill | |||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | |||||||||||
| Deposits | |||||||||||
| Non-current assets held for sale (Note 4) | |||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Liabilities and stockholders’ equity | |||||||||||
| Current liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Revolving line of credit | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accounts payable | |||||||||||
| Accrued expenses | |||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities, current portion | |||||||||||
| Current liabilities held for sale (Note 4) | |||||||||||
| Total current liabilities | |||||||||||
Convertible promissory notes, related party (Note 12) | |||||||||||
| Convertible promissory notes | |||||||||||
| Earn-out liabilities | |||||||||||
| Warrant liabilities | |||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities | |||||||||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) | |||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity | |||||||||||
Preferred stock, $ | |||||||||||
Class A Common Stock, $ | |||||||||||
Class C Common Stock, $ | |||||||||||
| Additional paid in capital | |||||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
PSQ HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Costs and expenses: | |||||||||||
| Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown below) | |||||||||||
| General and administrative | |||||||||||
| Sales and marketing | |||||||||||
| Research and development | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||
| Total costs and expenses | |||||||||||
| Operating loss | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Other income (expense): | |||||||||||
| Other income, net | |||||||||||
| Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities | |||||||||||
| Change in fair value of warrant liabilities | ( | ||||||||||
| Interest expense, net | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Loss before income taxes from continuing operations | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Income tax expense | ( | ||||||||||
| Loss from continuing operations | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Continuing operations loss per common share, basic and diluted | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Discontinued operations loss per common share, basic and diluted | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Net loss per common share, basic and diluted | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted | |||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
PSQ HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
| Preferred Stock | Class A Common Stock | Class C Common Stock | Additional Paid-In Capital | Accumulated Deficit | Total Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock upon Credova Acquisition | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for consulting arrangement (see Note 14) | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for fully vested restricted stock units, net of employee taxes paid | — | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock at a purchase price per share of $ | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock at a purchase price per share of $ | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock from Employee Stock Purchase Plan | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for fully vested restricted stock units | — | — | — | — | ( | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for asset acquisition | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock for at-the-market offering, net | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock, pre-funded warrants, and common warrants at a purchase price per share of $ | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) Pre-funded warrants can be exercised for little consideration (an exercise price per share equal to $0.0001 per share), and 5,018,184 remain unexercised as of December 31, 2025
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
PSQ HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Cash flows from Operating Activities | |||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Adjustment to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities: | |||||||||||
| Change in fair value of earn-out liabilities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Change in fair value of warrant liabilities | ( | ||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | |||||||||||
| Amortization of step-up in loans held for investment | |||||||||||
| Provision for credit losses on loans held for investment | |||||||||||
| Origination of loans and leases for resale | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of loans and leases for resale | |||||||||||
| Gain on sale of loans and leases | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Impairment of lease merchandise | |||||||||||
| Impairment of software capitalization | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||
| Non-cash operating lease expense | |||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Accounts receivable | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Lease receivable | ( | ||||||||||
| Interest receivable | ( | ||||||||||
| Inventory | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | |||||||||||
| Deposits | ( | ||||||||||
| Accounts payable | ( | ||||||||||
| Accrued expenses | ( | ||||||||||
| Deferred revenue | ( | ||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Cash flows from Investing Activities | |||||||||||
| Additions to lease merchandise, net of disposals | ( | ||||||||||
| Software development costs | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Principal paydowns on loans held for investment | |||||||||||
| Disbursements for loans held for investment | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Purchase of licenses | ( | ||||||||||
| Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired | |||||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Cash flows from Financing Activities | |||||||||||
Proceeds from convertible note payable, related party (Note 12) | |||||||||||
| Net disbursements for taxes paid related to vesting of employee restricted stock units | ( | ||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuances of common stock and pre-funded warrants, net | |||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuances of common stock, net of issuance costs | |||||||||||
| Proceeds from revolving line of credit | |||||||||||
| Repayments on revolving line of credit | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Cash paid for stock issuance costs | ( | ||||||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | |||||||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash | ( | ||||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period | |||||||||||
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of the period | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations | |||||||||||
| Restricted cash from continuing operations | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations | |||||||||||
| Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of the period | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Supplemental Cash Flow Information | |||||||||||
| Cash paid for interest for convertible notes and revolving line of credit | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities: | |||||||||||
| Issuance of common shares in connection with the asset acquisition | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Earnout liability generated by asset acquisition | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for operating lease liability | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accrued variable compensation settled with RSU grants | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Shares issued in connection with Credova Merger | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Note Exchange in connection with Credova Merger | $ | $ | |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
PSQ HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 — Organization and Business Operations
PSQ Holdings, Inc. (collectively "PSQH", or the "Company") is a financial technology company. Historically, the Company operated through three segments: Financial Technology, Marketplace, and Brands ("Financial Technology", "Marketplace", and "Brands"), In August 2025, the Company determined the Marketplace and Brands segments met the criteria for discontinued operations. Accordingly, the results of those segments have been reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company operates as a single reportable segment, Financial Technology ("FinTech"). The Financial Technology segment consists of three operating segments:
•PSQ Payments, which provides payment processing services, including debit card, credit card, and automated clearing house ("ACH") transactions;
•Credova, which provides consumer financing solutions, including installment loans, “Buy Now, Pay Later” products, and lease-based offerings; and
•PSQ Impact, which provides a payments and fundraising platform serving nonprofit organizations and political campaigns.
Shares of PSQ Holdings, Inc. are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trade under the symbol “PSQH”, and the Company's Public Warrants are listed under the symbol "PSQH.WS".
Note 2 — Liquidity
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realizations of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
Historically, the Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been proceeds from equity and debt financings. The Company incurred net losses of $36.6 million and $57.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and had negative cash flows from operations of $19.9 million and $34.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations of $16.1 million and $36.6 million, respectively, and net working capital of $16.1 million and $38.2 million, respectively.
The Company’s Board of Directors and executive team have outlined a plan which reflects the strategic shift to focus exclusively on FinTech operations to improve the Company’s cash position and involves a variety of cash management initiatives. The operations plan includes stronger revenues and margin run rate derived from the investments made throughout 2025. This plan is supported by a strong FinTech performance during the last half of 2025 which has continued into 2026. The cash management initiatives include the discontinuation of its brands and marketplace segments, reducing corporate operating expenses, a staff reduction of 35 % which occurred from September 2025 through February 2026 and future planned reductions of 19 % occurring from March 2026 through June 2026. In addition, the Company is working to terminate and or reduce contractor and consulting agreements. These executed and planned reductions that started in quarter four of 2025 are expected to result in annualized cash savings of approximately $8.0 million. Additionally, the plan considers further options such as completing a sale of EveryLife, amending the terms of the existing credit facility to access additional financing, and evaluating other areas to reduce compensation and costs if necessary.
In addition, the Company has an at-the-market equity offering program pursuant to which it may offer and sell shares of its Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock”) from time to time, with $48.8 million in shares remaining available for issuance and sale under the program as of December 31, 2025.
F-7
Note 3 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"), expressed in U.S. dollars. The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, as well as elimination of intercompany accounts, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. References to U.S. GAAP issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) in these accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).
During the third quarter of 2025, management committed to a plan to divest the Company’s Brands and Marketplace segments following a strategic review process intended to refocus the Company on its core FinTech operations. As of September 30, 2025, the criteria for classification as held for sale under ASC 360-10 and discontinued operations under ASC 205-20-45 were met for both segments.
After September 30, 2025, management reassessed its plan to sell the Marketplace segment based on market conditions and expected transaction economics. As of December 31, 2025, the Company determined that the Marketplace disposal group no longer met the criteria for classification as held for sale. Accordingly, the Marketplace assets were reclassified as held for use in accordance with ASC 360-10 and evaluated for recoverability. Based on this assessment, management concluded that the carrying value of the Marketplace capitalized software assets was not recoverable and recorded an impairment loss of the remaining carrying value of $3.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2025. As a result, the Marketplace assets are no longer presented as held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025.
The Company determined that the exit of the Marketplace segment represents a strategic shift with a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results and continues to be presented as discontinued operations under ASC 205-20-45 in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all years presented.
Unless otherwise stated, discussion within these notes to the consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations. See Note 4 — Discontinued Operations for additional information about discontinued operations.
F-8
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are adjusted to reflect actual experience when necessary. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, lease merchandise and related depreciation method, impairments, loans held for sale and related credit losses, fair values of net assets acquired, fair values of net assets held for sale, revenue recognition, loss on loan purchase commitment, discount on self-originated loans, future cash flows associated with impairment testing for goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets, and other long-lived assets, estimates related to useful lives of capitalization software, estimation of contingencies, recoverability of deferred tax assets, the incremental borrowing rate applied to lease accounting, valuation of earn out liabilities and warrant liabilities, and estimation of income taxes. These estimates, judgments, and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the impact of any revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which such revisions are made. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates, judgments, or assumptions, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.
Loss Per Share
The Company computes basic loss per share (“EPS”) by dividing loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the reporting period. All securities that meet the definition of a participating security, irrespective of whether the securities are convertible, nonconvertible, or potential common stock securities, shall be included in the computation of basic EPS using the two-class method. However, when the different classes of units have identical rights and privileges except voting rights, whereby they share equally in dividends and residual net assets on a per unit basis, the classes can be combined and presented as one class for EPS purposes. As such, the Company has combined the Class A Common Stock and Class C Common Stock for purposes of the EPS calculation.
Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding. During the periods when they are anti-dilutive, common stock equivalents, if any, are not considered in the computation. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and Warrants were not 5,018,184 and zero , respectively, shares underlying pre-funded warrants ("Pre-Funded Warrants") to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock. As the shares underlying these Pre-Funded Warrants can be issued for little consideration (an exercise price per share equal to $0.0001 per share), these shares are deemed to be issued for purposes of basic loss per share. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no anti-dilutive shares or common stock equivalents outstanding.
Revenues Recognition
Financing Revenues
The Company principally generates financing revenue from five activities: sale of loan and lease contracts, interest earned on loans, rent payments on leased merchandise, and direct revenue (retailer discounts and origination fees) earned in connection with providing financing on consumer goods.
Sale of Loan and Lease Contracts
The Company sells certain loans that it originates or purchases from its originating bank partners directly to third-party investors. The Company recognizes a gain or loss on sale of loans sold to third parties at a point in time when the Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of the loans and leases to a third party. The Company recognizes a gain or loss on sale of loans or leases sold to third parties by calculating the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the loan. This amount is adjusted for the initial recognition of any assets or liabilities incurred upon sale. These generally include a net servicing asset or liability in connection with our ongoing obligation to continue to service the loans and a liability in connection with our loan repurchase obligation for loans that do not meet certain contractual requirements where such information about the loan was unknown at the time of sale.
F-9
Interest Income
The Company accrues interest income using the simple-interest method, which includes the amortization of any discounts or premiums on loan receivables created upon the purchase of a loan from our originating bank partners or upon the origination of a loan. Interest income on a loan is accrued daily, based on the finance charge disclosed to the consumer, over the term of the loan based upon the principal outstanding.
Lease Merchandise Revenue
The Company leases goods, consisting primarily of sporting goods, to its customers under certain terms agreed to by the customer, and recognizes revenue straight-line over the lease term in accordance with ASC 842, Leases ("ASC 842"). Generally, the customer has the right to acquire title either through a 30 -day promotional pricing option, an early lease-purchase option (buyout), or by completing all lease payments. Lease terms typically range between 12 and 24 months. On any current lease, customers have the option to terminate the agreement at any time without significant penalty, in accordance with the lease terms. All the Company's customer agreements are considered operating leases.
Direct Revenue
Direct revenue primarily consists of revenue from retailer discounts and origination fees from lenders.
•Retailer Discounts – Revenue from the retailer discounts is recognized at a point in time when the Company satisfies its performance obligations upon the successful extension of credit to a consumer.
•Origination Fees – Revenue from origination fees are fees charged by the Company to third parties for facilitating the origination of a lease or loan contract. Revenue associated with these fees is recognized at the time the lease or loan originated.
Payments Processing Revenue
Payments processing revenue primarily consists of processing and transaction revenues in connection with customer use of the PSQ Payments platform. Merchant partners (or integrated merchants) are generally charged a fee based on gross merchandise volume (“GMV”) processed through the PSQ Payments platform. The fees vary depending on the individual arrangement between the Company and each merchant and on the terms of the product offering. The fee is recognized at the point in time the merchant successfully confirms the transaction, which is when the terms of the executed merchant agreement are fulfilled.
The Company's contracts with merchants are defined at the transaction level and do not extend beyond the service already provided (i.e., each transaction represents a separate contract). The fees collected from merchants for each transaction are determined as a percentage of the value of the goods purchased by the consumer from merchants and consider a number of factors including the end consumer’s credit risk and financing term. The Company does not have any capitalized contract costs, and does not carry any material contract balances.
The Company's service comprises a single performance obligation to merchants to facilitate transactions with consumers. The Company has concluded that it acts as the principal in these arrangements because it controls the payment processing service before it is transferred to the merchant. Although third-party payment processors perform certain processing activities, those services represent inputs to an integrated payment solution controlled and provided by the Company. The Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to the merchant, including onboarding, platform access, transaction routing, and customer support, and it has discretion in establishing pricing with merchants. Accordingly, revenue is presented on a gross basis in the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled from merchants.
Payments processing revenue also includes revenue generated from PSQ Impact, which generates revenues via its fundraising platform by providing a secure payments and reporting technology to support 501c(3) and 501c(4) nonprofits in the conservative movement. The Company recognizes processing and transaction revenues in connection with donations completed on the platform. The fee is recognized at the point in time the transaction is successfully completed.
F-10
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The Company maintains cash accounts with financial institutions. At times, balances in these accounts may exceed federally insured limits. No losses have been incurred to date on any deposits.
Restricted Cash
The Company has two Deposit Account Control Agreements (“DACA”) with lenders. With these agreements, the Company assigned the rights to a collateral account to the lenders. The DACA accounts are utilized to collect the consumer payments on loans and leases. Funds are then distributed in accordance with the loan security agreement. Funds cover payments for servicing, interest on revolving loans, and paying down revolving loans.
Loans Held for Investment, net
Loans are unsecured and are stated at the amount of unpaid principal. Interest on loans is calculated by the simple-interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. Accrued interest on loans is discontinued when management believes that, after considering collection efforts and economic and business conditions, the collection of interest is doubtful. The Company’s policy is to stop accruing interest when the loan becomes 120 days delinquent.
All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual status or subsequently charged-off is reversed against interest income which is included in revenues, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Income is subsequently recognized on the cash basis until, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make periodic and future principal and interest payments is reasonably assured, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status. The Company classifies its loans as either current or past due. Amounts are considered past due if a scheduled payment is not paid on its due date. The Company does not modify the terms of its existing loans with customers.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment
The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual term of loans, incorporating adjustments for anticipated prepayments and defaults when applicable. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals, and modifications unless one of the following conditions is met: (i) management has a more likely than not expectation at the reporting date that an extension or renewal option is included in the original or modified contract, and (ii) such options are not unconditionally cancellable by the Company.
The foundation for the discount rate used in our credit loss estimation is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), a widely accepted benchmark for the cost of overnight borrowing collateralized by United States Treasury securities. SOFR is commonly used by traditional credit and warehouse facilities to account for interest rate variability. In addition to SOFR, our discount rate incorporates an interest rate floor, which reflects the minimum rate a market investor would require for a pool of unsecured consumer receivables. This rate is further adjusted based on prevailing market and macroeconomic conditions. The combination of SOFR and the interest rate floor determines the overall discount rate applied to calculate the net present value of expected credit losses. Management reviews the discount rate at each reporting period and updates when applicable.
The discount rate fluctuates in response to macroeconomic market cycles, as determined by management’s assessment of future economic conditions. The macroeconomic cycle is influenced by changes in money supply growth and contraction, which are inversely correlated with the discount rate. This inverse relationship allows for an adjusted present value assessment that accounts for the broader economic environment. Our cash flow model represents historical financial performance, while the discounted cash flow methodology projects future credit losses by adjusting the present value of historical data.
When management determines that loans are uncollectible, identified amounts are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Loans are written off in accordance with our charge-off policy, which stipulates charge-offs at 120 days past due or when other specific criteria are met. Any subsequent recoveries of previously charged-off amounts are credited back to the allowance for credit losses.
F-11
Transfers of Financial Assets
The Company accounts for loan sales in accordance with ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing (“ASC 860”) which states that a transfer of financial assets, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in a financial asset is accounted for as a sale if all of the following conditions are met:
a.The financial assets are isolated from the transferor and its consolidated affiliates as well as its creditors;
b.The transferee or beneficial interest holders have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred financial assets; and
c.The transferor does not maintain effective control of the transferred assets.
When the requirements for sale accounting are met, the Company records the gain or loss on the sale of a loan at the sale date in an amount equal to the proceeds received less the carrying value of the loan, adjusted for initial recognition of assets obtained and liabilities incurred at the date of sale.
Upon the sale of a loan to a third-party loan buyer or unconsolidated securitization trust in which the Company retains servicing rights, the Company may recognize a servicing asset or liability. A servicing asset or liability arises when the Company's contractual servicing fee with a counterparty differs from the adequate compensation rate that would be required by a third party to service the same portfolio of assets, as defined by ASC 860. Servicing assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value and are presented as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets or accrued expenses, respectively, on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The recognition of a servicing asset results in a corresponding increase to gain on sales of loans. The recognition of a servicing liability results in a corresponding decrease to gain on sales of loans. The servicing rights are remeasured at fair value each period, with the subsequent adjustment recognized in servicing income.
Lease Merchandise, net
The Company leases goods, consisting primarily of sporting goods, to its customers under certain terms agreed to by the customer. All the Company's customer agreements are considered operating leases in accordance with ASC 842. The consumer goods under operating leases are initially recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases to the consumer goods' estimated residual value. All lease assets are purchased concurrent with the execution of a lease commitment by the lessee. Thus, the original depreciation period corresponds with the term of the original lease. Upon transfer of ownership of merchandise to customers, resulting from satisfaction of their lease obligations, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from lease merchandise. Amounts shown in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are net of accumulated depreciation and impairment.
The Company applies depreciation to lease merchandise as follows: (i) straight-line over the life of the lease term; (ii) accelerated deprecation for impaired leases and (iii) accelerated depreciation for leases when an early purchase option (buyout) is exercised. Depreciation expense for the lease merchandise is included within depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company periodically evaluates lease merchandise for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the lease merchandise are less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying value over its fair value. Impairment charges, if any, are recorded within general and administrative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 8 — Lease Merchandise, Net for further details.
The Company sells certain lease contracts to third parties and records the undepreciated cost of lease merchandise at the time of the sale within the net gain on lease contracts sold on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
Assets, or disposal groups, are classified as held for sale when management, having the appropriate authority, commits to a plan to sell the business or asset group, the assets are available for immediate sale in their present condition, an active program to locate a buyer and complete the plan has been initiated, the sale is probable and expected to be completed within one year, and it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. Upon classification as held for sale, the related assets and liabilities are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated or amortized.
F-12
Fair value is determined based on the total consideration expected to be received, which may include cash proceeds, contingent consideration, and other forms of payment, less estimated costs to sell. The Company reassesses the fair value of disposal groups at each reporting date and records any subsequent write-downs to reflect the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell as an adjustment to the carrying value. If the fair value of the disposal group increases in subsequent periods, a gain is recognized, but not in excess of the cumulative loss previously recognized.
If a disposal group previously classified as held for sale no longer meets the criteria in ASC 360-10-45-9, the Company reclassifies the disposal group as held for use in accordance with ASC 360-10-35-44. Upon reclassification, the disposal group is measured at the lower of (i) its carrying amount before it was classified as held for sale, adjusted for depreciation or amortization that would have been recognized had it remained held for use, or (ii) its fair value at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell. Depreciation and amortization resume prospectively, and the asset group is evaluated for recoverability in accordance with ASC 360.
A disposal group that meets the criteria in ASC 205-20-45 for discontinued operations—specifically, if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results—is presented as discontinued operations. For such transactions, the operating results of the disposal group, including any gain or loss on sale, are presented as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all years presented.
During the third quarter of 2025, management committed to a plan to divest the Company’s Brands and Marketplace segments. The decision followed a strategic review process intended to refocus the Company on its core FinTech operations. As of September 30, 2025, the criteria for classification as held for sale under ASC 360-10 and discontinued operations under ASC 205-20-45 were met.
Subsequent to September 30, 2025, management reassessed its plan to sell the Marketplace segment based on market conditions and expected transaction economics. As of December 31, 2025, the Company determined that the Marketplace disposal group no longer met the criteria for classification as held for sale. Accordingly, the Marketplace assets were reclassified as held for use in accordance with ASC 360-10-35-44 and evaluated for recoverability. Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Marketplace capitalized software assets were not recoverable and recorded an impairment loss of the remaining carrying value of $3.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2025.
The exit of the Marketplace segment continues to represent a strategic shift with a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results and is presented as discontinued operations.
Business Combinations
The Company evaluates whether acquired net assets should be accounted for as a business combination or an asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine whether substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If so, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If not, the Company applies its judgment to determine whether the acquired net assets meet the definition of a business by considering if the set includes an acquired input, process, and the ability to create outputs.
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when it has obtained control. The Company measures goodwill as the fair value of the consideration transferred including the fair value of any non-controlling interest recognized, less the net recognized amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured at their fair value as of the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issuance of debt or equity securities, that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred.
Any contingent consideration (“earn-out liabilities”) is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. For contingent consideration that does not meet all the criteria for equity classification, such contingent consideration is required to be recorded at its initial fair value at the acquisition date, and on each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of liability-classified contingent consideration are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period of change.
F-13
When the initial accounting for a business combination has not been finalized by the end of the reporting period in which the transaction occurs, the Company reports provisional amounts. Provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the acquisition date. These adjustments, or recognition of additional assets or liabilities, reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognized at that date.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective asset. Routine maintenance, repairs and replacement costs are expensed as incurred and improvements that extend the useful life of the assets are capitalized. When property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in operations. The Company’s property and equipment and related estimated useful lives consist of the following:
| Assets | Estimated useful life | |||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||||||||
| Leasehold improvements | Lesser of lease or useful life | |||||||
Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets
On March 13, 2024, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Credova Merger Agreement”) with Cello Merger Sub, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”), Credova Holdings, Inc. (“Credova”), and Samuel L. Paul, as Seller Representative, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Credova (the “Credova Merger”). Goodwill in the Company’s consolidated financial statements resulted from the Credova Merger, while the acquired intangible assets recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements resulted from the Credova Merger.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination and is not amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may not be recoverable, in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.
The Company allocates goodwill to reporting units based on the expected benefit from the business combination. Reporting units are evaluated when changes in the Company’s operating structure occur, and if necessary, goodwill is reassigned using a relative fair value allocation approach.
The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The qualitative assessment considers relevant events and circumstances, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, entity-specific events, changes in the composition or carrying amount of net assets, and sustained decreases in share price. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test is performed.
As of October 1, 2025, goodwill of $10.9 million was attributable entirely to the Company’s Financial Technology reporting unit (Credova). During the first half of 2025, the Company operated across three reportable segments; however, during 2025 the Company initiated a strategic shift to focus resources and capital on its Financial Technology platform and monetize or repurpose its non-FinTech operations. As a result, a portion of the negative operating cash flows of approximately $19.9 million for the year-to-date period related to segments that were subsequently classified as discontinued operations or were being wound down, rather than to the Financial Technology reporting unit to which goodwill is assigned.
In performing the qualitative assessment, management evaluated the performance and outlook of the Financial Technology reporting unit independently from discontinued or non-core activities. The reporting unit generated year-over-year revenue growth and continued expansion of its merchant and lending partner relationships. The Company also considered the Company’s FinTech product roadmap, merchant onboarding pipeline, and internally prepared revenue forecasts, which supported expected revenue growth and improving operating leverage within the reporting unit. No significant adverse changes occurred in the reporting unit’s customer base, regulatory environment, competitive position, or expected future cash flows.
F-14
The Company also considered the decline in its stock price during 2025. As of the October 1, 2025 testing date, the Company’s market capitalization exceeded its consolidated net book value, including goodwill, indicating that the implied fair value of equity provided meaningful excess over carrying value. The Company concluded that the stock price decline primarily reflected broader market conditions and investor sentiment rather than reporting-unit-specific deterioration in the Financial Technology business.
After considering the totality of qualitative factors, the Company concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the Financial Technology reporting unit was less than its carrying amount as of October 1, 2025. Accordingly, a quantitative goodwill impairment test was not performed.
The Company also evaluated events occurring subsequent to October 1, 2025 through the issuance date of the financial statements and performed a quantitative assessment which confirmed no impairment.
Separately acquired intangible assets are measured on initial recognition at cost including directly attributable costs. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Acquired identifiable finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the respective asset. Each period the Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful lives of its intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Acquired indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the intangible asset may be impaired.
Capitalized Software
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, capitalized software, property and equipment, and right-of-use lease assets, for impairment in accordance with ASC 360 whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.
The Company’s impairment assessment is trigger-based. Indicators of impairment considered include, among other factors: significant adverse changes in the business climate, operating performance or projected cash flows; significant decreases in market demand for the Company’s products or services; a sustained decrease in the Company’s market capitalization relative to its net asset value; plans to dispose of or significantly change the use of an asset group; and other events that could indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable.
If such indicators are present, recoverability is evaluated by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value.
F-15
In performing its assessment, the Company considers both internal and external qualitative and quantitative factors. Although the Company has experienced operating losses and volatility in its stock price, the Company evaluates whether such factors are attributable to the performance of specific asset groups or reflect broader market conditions, capital market dynamics, or the Company’s stage of growth and strategic initiatives. Management concluded that, for asset groups classified as held and used, operating results and cash flow projections supported recoverability and did not indicate that the carrying amounts were not recoverable. Declines in the Company’s stock price were evaluated in the context of overall market conditions and did not, in isolation, represent a triggering event under ASC 360 for the Company’s long-lived asset groups.
During the fourth quarter of 2025, in connection with the Company’s strategic exit of the Marketplace segment, certain Marketplace capitalized software assets were evaluated for recoverability and determined to be not recoverable. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3.6 million, representing the remaining carrying value of those assets. This impairment is presented within discontinued operations as the exit represents a strategic shift with a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.
In addition, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $0.5 million related to leased merchandise during the year ended December 31, 2025 which is included in general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, primarily as a result of writing off a related leas receivable as uncollectible and determining the Company was not able to recover the underlying leased asset.
There was no
Convertible Notes
The Company has issued convertible notes, which are convertible at the note holder's discretion, or, under certain circumstances, the Company’s discretion, into shares of Company Class A Common Stock. The Company records the convertible note liability at its fixed monetary amount by measuring and recording a premium, as applicable, on the convertible notes date with a charge to expense in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity ("ASC 480"), and records interest expense as incurred.
Warrant Liabilities
The Company evaluates all of its financial instruments, including issued share purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815-40”). The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period. The Company accounts for the Public Warrants (as defined in Note 11) and the Private Placement Warrants (the "Private Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which both the Public Warrants and Private Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies both the Public Warrants and Private Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the Public Warrants and Private Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each reporting period until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Public Warrants and Private Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. For the Public Warrants, quoted market price will be used as the fair value as of each relevant date.
The Company evaluated the Pre-Funded Warrants and common stock warrants (the "Common Warrants") under ASC 480 and ASC 815-40. The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815-40, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock, among other conditions for equity classification. The Company concluded that the Pre-Funded Warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock and meet the criteria for equity classification because (i) the Pre-Funded Warrants require physical settlement in shares of common stock, (ii) they do not embody an obligation to repurchase shares or settle in cash, and (iii) they do not contain provisions that would require liability classification. Accordingly, the Pre-Funded Warrants are classified within stockholders’ equity at their allocated fair value upon issuance and are not subsequently remeasured. Further, the Company concluded that the Common Warrants are indexed to the Company’s own stock and meet the conditions for equity classification. Accordingly, the Common Warrants are recorded within stockholders’ equity at their allocated fair value upon issuance and are not subsequently remeasured.
F-16
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. For leases where the Company is the lessee, right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use the underlying asset for the term of the lease and the lease liabilities represent an obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. The Company’s lease agreement contains rent escalation provisions, which are considered in determining the ROU assets and lease liabilities. The Company begins recognizing rent expense when the lessor makes the underlying asset available for use by the Company. Lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future lease payments over the lease term. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis in determining the lease term. The interest rate the Company uses to determine the present value of future lease payments is the Company’s incremental borrowing rate because the rate implicit in the Company’s leases is not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate for collateralized borrowings in economic environments where the leased asset is located based on credit rating factors. The ROU asset is determined based on the lease liability initially established and adjusted for any prepaid lease payments and any lease incentives received. The lease term to calculate the ROU asset and related lease liability includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option. Certain leases contain variable costs, such as common area maintenance, real estate taxes or other costs. Variable lease costs are expensed as incurred on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Operating leases are included in the ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has no finance leases.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes an expense for share-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. Forfeitures are accounted for when they occur. Modifications are approved by the Board and any incremental compensation cost is recognized in the period of occurrence.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes.
Deferred tax assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement basis and tax basis as well as net operating loss or other tax credit carryforwards, if any, and are measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the related tax benefits will not be realized. If the Company’s assessment of the realizability of a deferred tax asset changes, an increase to a valuation allowance will result in a reduction of net earnings at that time, while the reduction of a valuation allowance will result in an increase of net earnings at that time.
Research and Development
The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred, except for certain internal-use software development costs, which may be capitalized as noted above. Research and development expenses consist primarily of software development costs, including employee compensation and external contractors, associated with the ongoing development of the Company’s technology.
F-17
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset, or the amount paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There is a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The Company classifies fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
•Level 1 — Inputs based on unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
•Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
•Level 3 — Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The inputs are both unobservable for the asset and liability in the market and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company establishes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The recorded amounts of certain financial instruments, including money markets classified as cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, debt at fixed interest rates, and other liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.
The Company’s policy is to record transfers between levels, if any, as of the beginning of the fiscal year. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 no transfers between levels have been recognized.
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were approximately $0.5 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which are included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Segment Reporting
Concentration of Risks
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at financial institutions that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, per ownership category. The Company’s cash balances may exceed these FDIC insured limits from time to time. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had approximately $12.7 million of cash and cash equivalents in excess of FDIC insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
F-18
For the year ended and as of December 31, 2025, two customers accounted for 35 % of the Company’s revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2024, two customer accounted for 40 % of the Company's revenue.
As of December 31, 2025, one customer and two payment processing partners (acting in an agent capacity with respect to certain payment transactions) accounted for 94 % of the Company’s accounts receivable. No customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable as of December 31, 2024.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In March 2024, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2024-01, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope Application of Profits Interest and Similar Awards (“ASU 2024-01”), which intends to improve clarity and comparability without changing the existing guidance. ASU 2024-01 provides an illustrative example intended to demonstrate how entities that account for profits interest and similar awards would determine whether a profits interest award should be accounted for in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). Entities can apply the guidance either retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements or prospectively to profits interest and similar awards granted or modified on or after the date of adoption. ASU 2024-01 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for both interim and annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The Company adopted ASU 2024-01 effective January 1, 2025, which did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures ("ASU 2023-09"), which requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. ASU 2023-09 is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions. ASU 2023-09 will be effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 beginning January 1, 2025. The adoption of ASU 2023-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses ("ASU 2024-03"), and in January 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-01, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Clarifying the Effective Date ("ASU 2025-01"). ASU 2024-03 requires additional disclosure of the nature of expenses included in the income statement as well as disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense captions presented in the income statement. ASU 2024-03, as clarified by ASU 2025-01, is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Both early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of these standards will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets ("ASU 2025-05"). ASU 2025-05 provides a practical expedient that all entities can use when estimating expected credit losses for current accounts receivable and current contract assets arising from transactions accounted for under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"). Under this practical expedient, an entity is allowed to assume that the current conditions it has applied in determining credit loss allowances for current accounts receivable and current contract assets remain unchanged for the remaining life of those assets. ASU 2025-05 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim reporting periods in those years. Entities that elect the practical expedient and, if applicable, make the accounting policy election are required to apply the amendments prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-05 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
F-19
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software ("ASU 2025-06") which amends the guidance in ASC 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software. The amendments modernize the recognition and disclosure framework for internal-use software costs, removing the previous “development stage” model and introducing a more judgment-based approach. The amendments in ASU 2025-06 are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. The amendments in ASU 2025-06 permits entities to use either 1) a prospective transition approach, 2) a modified transition approach, or 3) a retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-06 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-08, Financial instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans ("ASU 2025-08"), which amends the guidance in ASC 326 on the accounting for certain purchased loans. Under ASU 2025-08, entities must account for acquired loans (excluding credit cards) that meet certain criteria at acquisition (purchased seasoned loans) by recognizing them at their purchase price plus an allowance for expected credit losses (gross-up approach). Purchased seasoned loans are defined as either: (1) non-purchased credit deteriorated ("PCD") loans that are obtained in a business combination, or (2) non-PCD loans that (a) are obtained in an asset acquisition or upon consolidation of a variable interest entity that is not a business and (b) are acquired more than 90 days after their origination date by a transferee that was not involved in their origination. ASU 2025-08 also introduces an accounting policy election related to the subsequent measurement of expected credit losses for entities that use a method other than a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate credit losses on purchased seasoned loans. If this accounting policy is elected, entities can use the amortized cost basis of the asset to subsequently measure their credit loss allowance. ASU 2025-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026. Early adoption is permitted in an interim or annual reporting period in which financial statements have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The Company is currently assessing the impact of ASU 2025-08 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-11, Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvements (“ASU 2025-11”). ASU 2025-11 is intended to update the guidance in Topic 270 by improving navigability of the required interim disclosures, clarifying when that guidance is applicable and adding a principle that requires entities to disclose events since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the entity. ASU 2025-11 will be effective for the interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with the option to early adopt at any time prior to the effective date and should be applied either prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date or retrospectively to any or all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-11 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-12, Codification Improvements ("ASU 2025-12"). ASU 2025-12 adds clarification, corrects errors, or makes minor improvements. ASU 2025-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period and adoption can be applied on prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2025-12 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
Note 4 — Discontinued Operations
As discussed in Note 1 — Organization and Business Operations, in August 2025, the Company announced its plan to monetize the Brands segment through the sale of EveryLife and its Marketplace segment through a sale or by strategically repurposing its intellectual property to enhance its Financial Technology offerings. During the third quarter of 2025, the Company evaluated each divestiture individually and determined each represented a strategic shift and met held-for-sale and discontinued operations accounting criteria. Accordingly, the Company began to separately reporting the results of these segments as discontinued operations in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and presented the related assets and liabilities as held for sale in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
F-20
Subsequent to September 30, 2025, the Company reassessed its plan to sell the Marketplace segment based on updated market conditions and expected transaction economics. As of December 31, 2025, the Company determined that the Marketplace disposal group no longer met the criteria for classification as held for sale. Accordingly, the Marketplace assets were reclassified as held for use in accordance with ASC 360-10 and evaluated for recoverability. As a result of this evaluation, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2025 to write off the remaining carrying value of the Marketplace capitalized software asset. The Marketplace assets are no longer presented as held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025. The exit of the Marketplace segment continues to be presented as discontinued operations, as it represents a strategic shift that has a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.
As of December 31, 2025, the Brands segment continues to meet the held-for-sale and discontinued operations accounting criteria. Management expects to enter into a definitive agreement during the first half of 2026 and continues to engage with interested parties. The assets and liabilities of the Brands segment continue to be presented as held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The results of both the Marketplace and Brands segments are reported in the “Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax” line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Financial Information of Discontinued Operations
The following table summarizes the key components of the operating results of the discontinued operations within the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| For the year ended December 31, 2025 | For the year ended December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Marketplace | Brands | Marketplace | Brands | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating costs | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating loss | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||
| Other expense, net | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||
F-21
Assets and liabilities of segments classified as held for sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, consist of the following:
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||
| Current assets: | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | |||||||||||
| Inventory | |||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | |||||||||||
| Intangible assets, net | |||||||||||
| Deposits | |||||||||||
| Total current assets held for sale | |||||||||||
| Intangible assets, net | |||||||||||
| Deposits | |||||||||||
| Total non-current assets held for sale | |||||||||||
| Total assets held for sale | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Liabilities | |||||||||||
| Current liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accrued expenses | |||||||||||
| Deferred revenue | |||||||||||
| Total liabilities held for sale | $ | $ | |||||||||
The cash flows related to the discontinued operations have not been segregated and are included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The following table presents cash flow information for the discontinued segments.
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
Note 5 — Acquisitions
Asset Acquisition
In April 2025, the Company acquired certain software assets and intellectual property that it intends to use to enhance the Company’s payments service offerings for a total consideration of $5.1 million. The acquisition did not qualify as a business combination and, as a result, was accounted for as an asset acquisition as the fair value of the gross assets acquired was primarily related to a single asset. Since this acquisition was accounted for as an asset purchase, the cost of a group of assets acquired in an asset acquisition shall be allocated to the individual assets acquired or liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values and shall not give rise to goodwill.
F-22
The intellectual property, valued at $5.1 million, represents developed software which will enable the Company to expand the sectors it serves with its payment processing services. The consideration paid by the Company was 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and potential earn-out payments of up to $1.3 million, valued at $0.6 million at acquisition date, reflecting an aggregate purchase price of $5.1 million.
| Consideration: | ||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock | $ | |||||||||||||
| Earn-out liability | ||||||||||||||
| Total consideration | $ | |||||||||||||
| Assets acquired: | Useful Life: | |||||||||||||
| Acquired capitalized software developments | $ | |||||||||||||
Credova
On March 13, 2024, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Credova Merger Agreement”) with Cello Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary (“Credova Merger Sub”), Credova Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Credova”), and Samuel L. Paul, in the capacity as the Seller Representative in accordance with the terms of the Credova Merger Agreement. Pursuant to the Credova Merger Agreement, on March 13, 2024, the transactions which are the subject of the Credova Merger Agreement were consummated (the “Credova Closing”) and Credova Merger Sub merged with and into Credova (the “Credova Merger”), with Credova surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of PSQ Holdings, Inc.
Pursuant to the Credova Merger Agreement, on March 13, 2024, Merger Sub merged with and into Credova. In connection with the Credova Merger, each share of Credova’s equity was converted into the right to receive newly-issued shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock, and was delivered to the Credova stockholders at the closing (“Credova Stockholders”).
Credova Merger Consideration
As consideration for the Credova Merger, Credova Stockholders received 2,920,993 newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Consideration Shares”). A number of Consideration Shares equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Consideration Shares (the “Escrow Shares”) was placed in an escrow account for indemnity claims made under the Credova Merger Agreement. The Escrow Shares remaining in escrow upon the 12-month anniversary of the closing were released and distributed pro rata to the former Credova Stockholders.
The acquisition of Credova was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC 805, Business Combinations. As the acquirer for accounting purposes, the Company estimated the purchase price, assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, with the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired recognized as goodwill.
F-23
The purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date is presented as follows:
| March 13, 2024 | |||||
| Purchase consideration: | |||||
| Common Stock, at fair value | $ | ||||
| Assumption of notes payable | |||||
| Cash paid | |||||
| Total purchase consideration | $ | ||||
| Purchase price allocation: | |||||
| Cash | $ | ||||
| Loans held for investment | |||||
| Fixed assets | |||||
| Intangible assets | |||||
| Prepaid expenses | |||||
| Goodwill | |||||
| Operating lease right of use asset | |||||
| Accounts payable and other current liabilities | ( | ||||
| Lease liability | ( | ||||
| Revolving line of credit | ( | ||||
| Fair value of net assets acquired | $ | ||||
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and is primarily attributed to the synergies expected from expanded market opportunities when integrating the acquired developed technologies with the Company’s offerings as well as acquiring an assembled workforce. The goodwill balance is not deductible for income tax purposes.
Acquisition-related costs of zero and $2.3 million associated with the Credova Merger were included in general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition (in years):
| Fair value | Estimated useful life | ||||||||||
| Trademarks and tradenames | $ | ||||||||||
| Internally developed software | |||||||||||
| Merchant relationships | |||||||||||
| State operating licenses | Indefinite | ||||||||||
| Total intangible assets | $ | ||||||||||
F-24
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma combined financial information presents the Company’s combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 as if the Credova Merger had occurred on January 1, 2024. The pro forma financial information is presented for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s operating results that may have occurred had the Credova Merger been completed on January 1, 2024. In addition, the unaudited pro forma financial information does not give effect to any anticipated cost savings, operating efficiencies or other synergies that may be associated with the merger, or any estimated costs that have been or will be incurred by the Company to integrate the assets and operations of Credova.
| For the year ended December 31, 2024 | |||||
| Revenue | $ | ||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | |||
The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects pro forma adjustments to present the combined pro forma results of operations as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2024 to give effect to certain events the Company believes to be directly attributable to the acquisition. These pro forma adjustments primarily include:
i.the elimination of Credova historical depreciation and amortization expense and the recognition of new depreciation and amortization expense;
ii.an adjustment to present acquisition-related transaction costs and other one-time costs directly attributable to the acquisition as if they were incurred in the earliest period presented; and
iii.the related income tax effects of the adjustments noted above, as applicable.
Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
Goodwill as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $10.9
The following table summarizes the intangible assets, net as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| Estimated useful life | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Capitalized software development costs | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Trademark and tradenames | |||||||||||||||||
| Internally developed software | |||||||||||||||||
| Merchant relationships | |||||||||||||||||
| State operating licenses | Indefinite | ||||||||||||||||
| Purchased technology | |||||||||||||||||
| Total intangible assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Less: Accumulated amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Total intangible assets, net | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
Amortization expense was $4.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
F-25
As of December 31, 2025, estimated future amortization expense is expected as follows:
| 2026 | $ | ||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
| 2030 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| $ | |||||
Note 7 — Loans Held for Investment, Net
The amortized cost basis of the Company's loans held for investment by delinquency status as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Current | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 30-59 Days | |||||||||||
| 60-89 days | |||||||||||
| > 90 days | |||||||||||
| Loans held for investment | |||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Loans held for investment, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
These loans have a variety of lending terms and have original maturities ranging from six weeks to 36 months. Because the Company’s loan portfolio focuses on unsecured installment loans, the Company evaluates the portfolio as a single homogeneous loan portfolio and performs further analysis by product type as needed.
The Company closely monitors credit quality for its loans held for investment to manage and evaluate exposure to credit risk. Credit risk management begins with initial underwriting, where a consumer is assessed based on the Company’s underwriting and credit policy. This includes Know Your Customer identification, traditional credit scoring models, and various Fair Credit Reporting Act permissible consumer credit and risk data. Credit quality is monitored subsequent to underwriting based on performance metrics that include, but are not limited to, delinquency and default metrics.
The Company uses proprietary forecasting combining Austrian Business Cycle Theory with real-time data to help detect economic inflection points earlier than using past behavior alone. This forecasting approach helps mitigate issues commonly attributed to behavior-driven credit scores. The Company's forecasting directly shapes underwriting, lending and risk strategies, delivering resilient, future-ready financial tools to merchants and their customers.
The Company evaluates the credit risk of its portfolio by grouping it into four buckets that range from A to D, with receivables having an “A” rating representing the highest credit quality and lowest likelihood of loss. As part of the Company’s credit risk management activities, on an ongoing basis, the Company assesses overall credit quality by reviewing information related to the performance of a customer’s account with the Company, including delinquency information.
F-26
The following tables present an analysis of the credit quality of the amortized cost basis excluding accrued interest receivable, by calendar year of origination on loans held for investment for the December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortization Costs Basis by Calendar Year of Origination | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | Prior | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| A | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| B | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| C | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| D | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total amortized cost basis | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortization Costs Basis by Calendar Year of Origination | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | Prior | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| A | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| B | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| C | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| D | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total amortized cost basis | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair value step-up in loans held for investment | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses at a level sufficient to absorb expected credit losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in its loan portfolio. The allowance for credit losses reflects the Company's estimate of expected lifetime credit losses, which consider the remaining contractual term, historical credit losses, consumer payment trends, and future payment expectations as of each balance sheet date. Adjustments to the allowance for changes in the Company's estimate of lifetime expected credit losses are recognized in earnings through the provision for credit losses presented within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, identified amounts are charged off against the allowance for credit losses. Loans are charged off in accordance with our charge-off policy, as the contractual principal becomes 120 days past due. Subsequent recoveries of the unpaid principal balance, if any, are credited to the allowance for credit losses.
The following tables summarize the balances of and changes in allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| Balance at January 1, 2025 | $ | ||||
| Charge-offs | ( | ||||
| Provision for credit losses | |||||
| Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||
| Balance at January 1, 2024 | $ | ||||
| Balance acquired from Credova Merger | |||||
| Charge-offs | ( | ||||
| Provision for credit losses | |||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | ||||
F-27
Note 8 — Lease Merchandise, Net
The Company's lease merchandise, net of accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Lease merchandise | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Less: Accumulated depreciation | ( | ||||||||||
| Lease merchandise, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Depreciation expense on lease merchandise for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $1.6 million and zero , respectively.
The Company's merchandise on operating leases consisted mostly of sporting goods for the year ended December 31, 2025. All of the Company's customer agreements are considered operating leases, and the Company currently does not have any sales-type or direct financing leases. There were no merchandise leases as of December 31, 2024.
The Company recognized an impairment on leased merchandise of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and this impairment is included in general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. There was no impairment on leased merchandise for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Note 9 — Revolving Line of Credit
The Company assumed a $10.0 million revolving loan with a finance company through the Credova Merger (Note 5) which bears interest at a rate of 15.0 % and requires minimum monthly interest payments. On January 6, 2026, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, which extends the funding term through April 7, 2026. On March 12, 2026, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, which extends the funding termination date through July 31, 2027. The line of credit will bear interest at an annual rate of 14.5 % with a minimum interest requirement. The borrowing base is set at 89 % of the unpaid principal balance of pledge receivables that are no more than 60 days past due. The amendment contains customary covenants, trigger events, representations and warranties. Certain assets at Credova are assigned as collateral.
The revolving line of credit maturity date is subsequent to the revolving period, which is the earlier of (i) nine months following the funding termination date of July 31, 2027; and (ii) the remittance date on which the aggregate outstanding advances are $1,000,000 or below.
Monthly remittance remains in effect with a borrowing base calculation. During the amortization period, the Company will repay the aggregate outstanding advances until such aggregate outstanding advances do not exceed the borrowing base, and then 100 % of the remaining collections until the aggregate outstanding advances have been reduced to zero.
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the outstanding advances under this revolving loan totaled $6.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
Note 10 — Convertible Promissory Notes
Promissory Note Exchange
Prior to the execution of the Credova Merger Agreement, Credova, PSQ Holdings, Inc. and certain holders of outstanding subordinated notes (“Subdebt Notes”) issued by Credova (the “Participating Noteholders”) entered into a Note Exchange Agreement (the “Note Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which, immediately prior to the Credova Closing, the Participating Noteholders delivered their Subdebt Notes of Credova for cancellation, in exchange for newly-issued replacement notes issued by PSQ Holdings, Inc., convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Replacement Notes”). The Replacement Notes bear 9.75 % simple interest per annum and have 10 -year maturity dates.
F-28
Pursuant to the terms of the Replacement Notes, at any time after the Closing, Participating Noteholders may elect to convert their Replacement Notes into a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of the Replacement Note to be converted plus accrued and unpaid interest by (y) 4.63641 , subject to adjustment for stock splits and other similar transactions (the “Conversion Price”). At any time, the Company may call the Replacement Notes for a cash amount equal to accrued interest plus (i) between the first anniversary of the Credova Closing, which took place on March 13, 2024, and the second anniversary of the Credova Closing, 105 % of the then outstanding principal amount and (ii) after the second anniversary of the Credova Closing, the then outstanding principal amount of the Replacement Note. Further, the Replacement Notes permit the Company, in its discretion, to require conversion of the Replacement Notes into shares of Class A Common Stock if the daily volume-weighted average trading price of the Company Class A Common Stock exceeds 140 % of the Conversion Price on each of at least 10 consecutive trading days during the 20 -trading day period prior to notice of such required conversion. The Company determined the embedded derivatives did not require bifurcation.
Credova Subdebt Notes not exchanged for Replacement Notes at the Credova Closing were canceled following payment in full in cash.
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the convertible promissory notes payable was $8.4
Convertible Promissory Notes – Related Party
In March 2024, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement for a 9.75 % private placement convertible note for $10.0 million invested by a Board member and his affiliates. Terms for the note were priced based on notes exchanged as part of the Credova Merger described above.
In August 2024, the Company entered into an agreement for a $10.0 million convertible note in a private placement with a Board member and affiliates. The note has identical terms to the notes offered in March 2024.
Note 11 — Warrant Liabilities
On July 19, 2023, the Company completed a business combination (the “Business Combination”) with Colombier Acquisition Corp. (“Colombier”), pursuant to a plan of reorganization, and Colombier subsequently changed its name to PSQ Holdings, Inc. As part of Colombier’s initial public offering (“IPO”), Colombier issued warrants to third-party investors where each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “Public Warrants”). Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, Colombier completed the private sale of Private Warrants where each Private Warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at $11.50 per share. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, there are 5,750,000 5,700,000
These warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation and are exercisable commencing 30 days after the Business Combination, provided that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder.
The Company may redeem the outstanding warrants:
•in whole and not in part;
•at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
•upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption given after the warrants become exercisable to each warrant holder; and
•if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 -trading day period commencing once the warrants become exercisable and ending business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
F-29
The Public Warrants and Private Warrants are recognized as derivative liabilities in accordance with ASC 815. Accordingly, the Company recognized the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value as of the Closing Date, with an offsetting entry to additional paid-in capital and adjusts the carrying value of the instruments to fair value through other income (expense) on the Consolidated Statements of Operations at each reporting period until they are exercised. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Public Warrants and Private Warrants are presented within warrant liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Note 12 — Related Parties
In June 2023, the Company signed a consulting agreement with a Board member to provide advisory services to EveryLife. The agreement was subsequently amended and then mutually cancelled in November 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred no costs and made no payments. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred and paid approximately $0.2
In August 2023, the Company signed a strategic consulting agreement with a consulting company that is controlled by a former Board member. The consulting company was engaged by the Company to provide strategic advice and assistance in connection with capital markets strategy, acquisition strategy, investor relations strategy, and other strategic matters for a fixed fee of $80,000 per month plus expenses. The fixed fee was reduced to $60,000 per month plus expenses on January 1, 2024 and the agreement was terminated at the end of November 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred no costs and made no payments. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred and paid $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, relating to this agreement.
In December 2023, the Company signed another agreement with the same strategic consulting company that is controlled by a former Board member. The consulting company was engaged to provide merger and acquisition advice in connection with the Credova Merger. The term of the agreement was the earlier of twelve months or the consummation of the Credova Merger, which occurred on March 13, 2024. The fee for these services was $150,000 payable promptly at the closing of an acquisition and Class A Common Stock in the Company of 4 % of the gross enterprise value or total consideration paid with respect to an acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred no costs and made no payments. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred and paid $0.2
In August 2024, the Company entered into a one-year strategic consulting agreement with an individual who was appointed to the PSQ Holdings, Inc. Board in December 2024. The individual was engaged by the Company to provide strategic advice and assistance with partnership development and marketing leadership for a fixed fee of $42,000 per month plus 100,000 RSUs which vested one year from the grant date. This strategic consulting agreement was extended beyond the initial one-year and is currently renewing month-to-month. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred and paid $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred and paid $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
See Note 10 — Convertible Promissory Notes – Convertible Promissory Notes – Related Party for discussion of the Company's other Related Party arrangements.
Note 13 — Share-Based Compensation
On July 25, 2023, the Board of the Company approved the PSQ Holdings, Inc. 2023 Stock Incentive Plan as well as the 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), whereby it may grant to certain employees, consultants and advisors an award, such as (a) incentive stock options, (b) non-qualified stock options, (c) restricted stock and (d) RSUs, of the Company.
2023 Stock Incentive Plan
Awards may be made under the Plan for up to such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as is equal to the sum of:
(A) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to fifteen percent (15 %) of the outstanding shares of all classes of Company common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Company Common Stock”), determined immediately following the closing of the Merger Agreement.
(B) an annual increase to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, commencing on January 1, 2024 and continuing for each fiscal year until, and including, January 1, 2033, equal to the lesser of (i) 5 % of the outstanding shares of all classes of Company Common Stock on such date and (ii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock determined by the Board.
F-30
2023 Employee Stock Purchase plan
The purpose of this plan is to provide eligible employees opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. For this purpose, the Board approved 600,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, commencing on January 1, 2024 and continuing for each fiscal year until, and including, January 1, 2033, equal to the least of (i) 425,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 5 % of the outstanding shares of all classes of Company Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, on such date and (iii) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock determined by the Board. On January 2, 2025, the Company issued 3,995 shares of its of Class A Common Stock pursuant to scheduled purchases under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2025, 596,005 shares of Class A Common Stock remained available for future grants under the 2023 ESPP.
Restricted Stock Units
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company issued RSU’s under the 2023 Stock Incentive Plan to employees, advisors, and members of the Board. Each RSU entitles the recipient to one share of the Company's Class A Common Stock upon vesting. The Company measures the fair value of RSUs using the stock price on the date of grant.
Share-based compensation expense for RSUs is recorded ratably over their vesting period.
A summary of the activity with respect to, and status of, RSUs during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is presented below:
| Number of RSUs | Weighted Average Grant Date Value | ||||||||||
| Unvested as of January 1, 2024 | $ | ||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Unvested as of December 31, 2024 | $ | ||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||
| Unvested as of December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||||||||
| Vested and unsettled as of December 31, 2025 | $ | ||||||||||
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024 there were 3,272,726 and 3,386,082 RSUs authorized but not issued, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to RSUs of $7.1 million and $17.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was approximately $7.0 million and $15.4 million, respectively. Unvested outstanding RSUs as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 had a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.42 years and 1.66 years, respectively.
F-31
Share based compensation relating to earn-out
Certain executive officers, employees and service providers of PSQ Holdings, Inc. will be entitled to receive up to 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Earn-out Shares”) in the event certain trading price-based metrics are satisfied during the five-year period commencing on the date of the Closing and ending on the fifth anniversary thereof (the “Earn-out Period”), or, if earlier, upon the occurrence of a change of control transaction (as defined in the Merger Agreement) during the Earn-out Period with an implied per share price that exceeds the relevant trading price-based metrics. Specifically, Earn-out Shares will be earned if one or more of the three triggering events described below occurs:
•in the event that, and upon the date during the Earn-out Period on which, the volume-weighted average trading price of Class A Common Stock quoted on the NYSE (or such other exchange on which the shares of Class A Common Stock are then listed) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period (the “Earn-out Trading Price”) is greater than or equal to $12.50 , the Participating Equity Holders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1,000,000 Earn-out Shares;
•in the event that, and upon the date during the Earn-out Period on which, the Earn-out Trading Price is greater than or equal to $15.00 , the Participating Equity Holders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1,000,000 additional Earn-out Shares; and
•in the event that, and upon the date during the Earn-out Period on which, the Earn-out Trading Price is greater than or equal to $17.50 , the Participating Equity Holders will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1,000,000 additional Earn-out Shares.
In accordance with ASC 718, these are awards granted with a market condition. The effect of this market condition was reflected in the grant-date fair value of an award. The fair value of the Earn-out Shares was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation utilizing assumptions related to the contractual term of the instruments, estimated volatility of the price of the Class A Common Stock and current interest rates. Below are the key assumptions used in valuing the Earn-out Shares:
| As of July 19, 2023 | |||||
| PSQH Stock Price | $ | ||||
| Volatility | % | ||||
| Risk free rate of return | % | ||||
| Expected term (in years) | |||||
During each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to the Earn-out Shares of $3.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, unrecognized compensation cost related to the Earn-out Shares was approximately $8.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded the following share-based compensation expense, related to RSUs, Earn-out Shares, and the Credova Merger:
| For the year ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | $ | |||||||||
| General and administrative | |||||||||||
| Sales and marketing | |||||||||||
| Research and development | |||||||||||
| Transaction costs incurred in connection with Credova Merger | |||||||||||
| Total share-based compensation expense | $ | $ | |||||||||
F-32
Stock Award Modification
In June 2025, in connection with the significant change in operating role of the Company’s former Chief Financial Officer, the Company modified his unvested RSUs, allowing all unvested RSUs to continue to vest in accordance with their original terms. No other changes were made to the award. The Company determined that the change in operating role was considered a significant reduction and accounted for the change as a Type III accounting modification (improbable-to-probable) under ASC 718. Accordingly, the Company reversed all share-based compensation expense previously recorded on the awards that are not expected to vest under the original terms. The Company reversed $2.3 million in share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 included in general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Total share-based compensation expense of $1.5 million, equal to the modification date fair value, will be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period, beginning on the modification date.
Note 14 — Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 0.0001 no
Common Stock
Class A Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 0.0001 46,492,639 39,575,499
Each share of Class A Common Stock has one vote and has similar rights and obligations.
Class C Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 40,000,000 0.0001 3,213,678
Each share of the Company’s Class C Common Stock entitles its holder, initially the former CEO, to a number of votes per share (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to (a) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote on the applicable matter as of the applicable record date plus 100, divided by (b) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock. On February 27, 2026, all shares of Class C common stock converted into shares of Class A Common Stock. Refer to Note 19 — Subsequent Events for further details.
At-The-Market Offering
On May 23, 2025, the Company entered into a sales agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) with Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Roth”) and TCBI Securities, Inc., doing business as Texas Capital Securities (“TCS”), with respect to an at-the-market offering program under which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time at its sole discretion, shares of its Class A Common Stock, having an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company issued an aggregate of 815,971 shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Sales Agreement at a weighted average purchase price of $1.53 resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.2 million, reduced by $43,000 in issuance costs, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $1.2 million. In connection with the Sales Agreement, the Company incurred total stock issuance costs of $0.4 million. These issuance costs were recorded as deferred stock issuance costs and included in the “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” line item of the Company’s accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025. Such deferred stock issuance costs will be recognized as a direct reduction of additional paid-in capital in proportion to securities sold under the Sales Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized approximately $9,000 , as a direct reduction of additional paid-in capital relating to securities sold under the Sales Agreement. As of December 31, 2025, $48.8 million is available pursuant to the Sales Agreement.
F-33
Direct Offering of Common Stock
Note 15 — Fair Value Measurements
The Company accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value and classifies these assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy (Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3).
Assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements are as follows:
| As of December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents – Money market | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Warrant liabilities – Public Warrants | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
Warrant liabilities – Private Warrants (1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Earnout liabilities (2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| As of December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents – Money market | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Warrant liabilities – Public Warrants | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
Warrant liabilities – Private Warrants (1) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Earnout liabilities (2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
(1)Private Warrants were estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model utilizing assumptions related to the contractual term of the instruments, estimated volatility of the price of the Class A Common Stock and current interest rates.
(2)The fair value of the earn-out liabilities was estimated using the Monte Carlo simulation utilizing assumptions related to the contractual term of the instruments, estimated volatility of the price of the Class A Common Stock and current interest rates.
F-34
The following tables summarize the balances of and changes in Level 3 Private Warrants and earn-out liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| Private Placement Warrants | Earn-out Liabilities | ||||||||||
| Balance at January 1, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Change in fair value during the period | ( | ||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||
| Increase related to asset acquisition | |||||||||||
| Change in fair value during the period | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||
Note 16 — Segments
The Company routinely evaluates whether its operating and reportable segments continue to reflect the way the CODM evaluates the business. The determination is based on: (1) how the Company’s CODM evaluates the performance of the business, including resource allocation decisions, and (2) whether discrete financial information for each operating segment is available. The Company considers the chief executive officer to be its CODM.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s operates under one reportable segment: Financial Technology. The Financial Technology reportable segment is comprised of the following three operating segments:
•Credova Holdings, Inc., which generates revenue primarily through five activities: sale of loan and lease contracts, interest earned on loans, rent payments on leased merchandise, and direct revenues from both retailer discounts and origination fees paid by third-parties earned in connection with providing financing on consumer goods.
•PSQPayments LLC (“PSQ Payments”), is a wholly owned subsidiary of PSQ Holdings, Inc. which generates revenue via its merchant servicer platform to provide its customers with a payments stack to efficiently manage their payment processes. The merchant servicer platform combines the payment processing and gateway into a single, integrated service encompassing all debit and credit card processing and ACH in and out payment processing.
•PSQ Impact LLC ("PSQ Impact"), is a wholly owned subsidiary of PSQ Holdings, Inc. which generates revenue via its fundraising platform to provide political campaigns and nonprofits with access to a secure payment and reporting platform.
The CODM measures and evaluates the Company’s performance based on segment gross revenue, segment non-GAAP gross profit and segment non-GAAP operating loss.
Segment performance, as defined by the Company, is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies.
F-35
The following tables set forth the Company’s revenues, net, segment non-GAAP gross profits and segment non-GAAP operating loss and operating loss for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, net: | |||||||||||
| Financial Technology | |||||||||||
| Direct revenue | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Interest income on loans | |||||||||||
| Loan and lease contracts sold, net | |||||||||||
| Lease merchandise revenue | |||||||||||
Payment processing revenues (1) | |||||||||||
| Total revenues, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
(1)Includes both PSQ Payments and PSQ Impact revenues.
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Cost of revenues attributable to segments(1) | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Segment non-GAAP Gross Profit | |||||||||||
| Operating expenses attributable to segments | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Segment non-GAAP operating loss | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Reconciliation of total segment non-GAAP operating loss to operating loss: | |||||||||||
| Corporate costs not allocated to segments | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Transaction costs incurred in connection with acquisitions | ( | ||||||||||
Share-based compensation expense(1) | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Operating loss | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Other income, net | ( | ||||||||||
| Loss before income taxes | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
(1)$0.1 million categorized under “Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense shown below)” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations has been included in the "Share-based compensation expense" line item.
No asset information has been disclosed as the CODM does not regularly review asset information by reportable segment.
Note 17 — Commitments and Contingencies
Other Legal Matters
In August 2025, the Company received notification from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that it had formally closed the investigation into Credova.
From time to time in the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims, charges, and litigation. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, except as described in the preceding paragraph, the Company did not have any pending claims, charges or litigation that were expected to have a material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
F-36
Note 18 — Income Taxes
The Company had zero The following represents the components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Deferred tax assets: | |||||||||||
| Sec. 174 Cost – Domestic and Foreign | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Net operating loss – Federal and State | |||||||||||
| Loan lease loss reserve | |||||||||||
| Share-based compensation | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | |||||||||||
| Capitalized acquisition cost | |||||||||||
| Other | |||||||||||
| Total deferred tax asset | |||||||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Identifiable Intangibles from Credova Acquisition | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Unrealized gain/loss | ( | ||||||||||
| Total deferred tax liabilities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance | |||||||||||
| Less: valuation allowance | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net deferred tax asset | $ | $ | |||||||||
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $108.5 million and $70.0 million, respectively, which may be available to reduce future taxable income, and may be carried forward indefinitely. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had approximately $41.4 million and $37.0 million of combined state NOLs respectively, some of which expire between 2032 and 2044 and others of which can be carried forward indefinitely. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 382”), imposes limitations on a corporation’s ability to utilize its NOLs, if it experiences an “ownership change.” The Company has completed a Section 382 study through September 30, 2025. The Company has determined that an ownership change did occur on February 23, 2023. The annual limitation is such that it does not result in the expiration of NOLs before utilization. In addition, the Company had Federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.3 million available to reduce future tax liabilities. These unused research tax credit will expire between 2044 and 2045.
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes, the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets, which are comprised principally of NOL carryforwards. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of federal and state deferred tax assets and, as a result, a full valuation allowance of $31.5 million and $21.2 million has been established at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The valuation allowance increased by $10.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.
F-37
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax rate and income taxes as reflected in the consolidated financial statements are as follows:
| For the years ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. federal statutory income tax rate | $ | ( | % | $ | ( | % | |||||||||||||||||
| State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit | ( | %) | ( | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Nontaxable or nondeductible items: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of warrant liabilities and earn-out liabilities | ( | % | ( | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Change in valuation allowance | ( | % | ( | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Other adjustments | ( | % | ( | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| $ | % | $ | ( | % | |||||||||||||||||||
The Company had no
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax and state income tax. The statute of limitations for assessment by the IRS and state tax authorities is open for the tax years of 2021-2023; currently, no federal or state income tax returns are under examination by the respective taxing authorities.
The Company paid California minimum taxes of zero and $1,181 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Note 19 — Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated and recognized or disclosed subsequent events, as appropriate, from the consolidated balance sheet date through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.
On January 7, 2026, the Company announced updates to its Board and executive leadership structure intended to delineate board oversight, enhance operational focus, and position the Company for its next phase of growth as a scaled public FinTech platform. The leadership updates include:
•Michael Seifert stepped down as Chairman of the Board.
•Dusty Wunderlich was named Chairman of the Board and has stepped down as Chief Strategy Officer of the Company. The Company concluded that this change constituted a Type III accounting modification (improbable-to-probable) under ASC 718 due to the reduction in operational responsibilities associated with the new role.
•Blake Masters was appointed Lead Independent Board Director and will provide independent oversight and serve as liaison between the Board and management.
•Michael Perkins was appointed Chief Operating Officer.
•Mike Hebert stepped down as Chief Operating Officer and was named Senior Vice President of People to oversee the organizational development, talent and culture of the Company. The Company concluded that this change constituted a Type III accounting modification (improbable-to-probable) under ASC 718 due to the reduction in operational responsibilities associated with the new role.
On January 27, 2026, Michael Seifert stepped down as Chief Executive Officer and resigned from the Company's Board of Directors. Dusty Wunderlich was appointed as Chief Executive Officer.
F-38
As part of Mr. Seifert's separation from the Company, Mr. Seifert forfeited 1,000,000 shares of Class C common stock. As of February 27, 2026, all of Mr. Seifert's Class C common stock converted on a one -for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. As a result, Mr. Seifert no longer possesses a majority of the voting power of the Company's common stock and the Company is no longer a "controlled company" under NYSE rules. The Company is now required to comply with certain NYSE rules that govern corporate governance standards from which we were previously exempt, subject to certain phase-in periods. These include the requirement to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, and (iii) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. NYSE rules mandate that the Company must satisfy the majority independent board requirement within one year of the date its status changed and have at least one independent member on its nominating committee and at least one independent member on its compensation committee by the date its status changes, at least a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the date its status changes and fully independent committees within one year of the date its status changes. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to satisfy such requirements. Failure to meet such requirements could subject the Company to delisting from the NYSE.
On February 10, 2026, the Company received written notice from the NYSE that the Company is not in compliance with the NYSE Listed Company Manual (i) Rule 802.01B, relating to the Company's required minimum total market capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading-day period and minimum stockholders equity, and (ii) Rule 802.01C, relating to the minimum average closing price of the Company's Class A Common Stock, required over a consecutive 30 trading-day period. This notice does not result in the immediate delisting of the Company's Class A Common Stock. The Company responded to the NYSE within 10 business days of its intent to submit a business plan to regain compliance with Rule 802.01B and to cure its non-compliance with Rule 802.01C, and intends to submit a business plan to the NYSE within 45 days demonstrating compliance with Rule 802.01B within 18 months of receipt of the notice. If the NYSE accepts the business plan, the Company will be subject to quarterly monitoring; if the NYSE does not accept the plan or the Company fails to comply with the plan, the NYSE may commence suspension and delisting procedures. The Company can gain compliance with Rule 802.01C at any time within the six-month cure period if, on the last trading day of any calendar month during the cure period, the Class A Common Stock has a closing share price of at least $1.00 and an average closing share price of at least $1.00 over the 30 trading-day period ending on that date. On February 17, 2026, the Company issued a press release regarding the NYSE notice.
On March 12, 2026, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement which extends the funding termination date through July 31, 2027. No other material changes were made to the terms of the Company's Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement as a result of this agreement.
On March 12, 2026, the Company entered into the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement which extends the funding termination date through July 31, 2027. No other material changes were made to the terms of the Company's Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement as a result of this agreement.
F-39
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| PSQ Holdings, Inc. | ||||||||
Date: March 17, 2026 | /s/ James Rinn | |||||||
| Name: | James Rinn | |||||||
| Title: | Chief Financial Officer | |||||||
| (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | ||||||||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||||||||||||
/s/ Dusty Wunderlich | Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
Dusty Wunderlich | (Principal Executive Officer) | |||||||||||||
/s/ James Rinn | Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
James Rinn | (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | |||||||||||||
| /s/ Blake Masters | Lead Independent Director | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
| Blake Masters | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ Donald J. Trump, Jr. | Director | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
| Donald J. Trump, Jr. | ||||||||||||||
/s/ Nick Ayers | Director | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
Nick Ayers | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ Davis Pilot III | Director | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
| Davis Pilot III | ||||||||||||||
/s/ Caitlin Long | Director | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
Caitlin Long | ||||||||||||||
/s/ Willie Langston | Director | March 17, 2026 | ||||||||||||
Willie Langston | ||||||||||||||
82
Exhibit 4.1
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
The following summary of the capital stock of PSQ Holdings, Inc. does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter,”) and amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which are incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) of which this Exhibit is a part, and certain provisions of Delaware law, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (“DGCL”). Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the “Company,” “PSQ,” “we,” “our,” and “us” in this Exhibit refer to PSQ Holdings, Inc.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following summary of the material terms of our securities and is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. We urge you to read our Charter and Bylaws in their entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of our securities.
General
Our authorized capital stock consists of 590,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, consisting of (a) 540,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), which shall be designated into two series consisting of (i) 500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and (ii) 40,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”) and (b) 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.
As of March 13, 2026, we have 48,717,235 shares of Class A Common Stock and no shares of Class C Common Stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under our Charter, no shares of Class C Common Stock are eligible to be issued.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Class A Common Stock
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as otherwise expressly provided by our Charter or as provided by law. Our Charter does not provide the Class A Common Stock with cumulative voting for the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of at least a majority of the voting power of then-outstanding shares of the Common Stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, will be able to elect all of our directors.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of shares of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our Board, in our discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors (the “Board”) may determine. Stock dividends with respect to each class of our Common Stock may only be paid with shares of stock of the same class of common stock.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of our Common Stock held by each such holder, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
On July 19, 2023, in connection with the closing (the “Closing”) of the business combination (the “Business Combination”) of Colombier Acquisition Corp. (“Colombier”) and PublicSq. Inc. (f/k/a PSQ Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“Private PSQ”), we, Colombier Sponsor LLC (the “Colombier Sponsor”), and certain Private PSQ stockholders (the “New Investors” and together with the Colombier Sponsor, the “Investors”) entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we were obligated to file one or more registration statements to register the resales of Class A Common Stock held by the Investors after the Closing, including Class A Common Stock that was issued upon conversion of Colombier Class B Common Stock, or issuable upon conversion of Class C Common Stock, and Earnout Shares (as defined in the Annual Report). One or more Investors holding 20% of the aggregate number of registrable securities owned by all Investors are entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of all or part of their registrable securities (up to a maximum of four demand registrations). The Registration Rights Agreement also provides such Investors with “piggy-back” registration rights, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions.
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to indemnify the Investors and certain persons or entities related to such Investors such as their officers, directors, employees and agents and each person who controls such Investor (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, of a material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which the Investors sell their registrable securities, unless such liability arose from such Investor’s misstatement or alleged misstatement, or omission or alleged omission, and the Investors including registrable securities in any registration statement or prospectus agreed to indemnify us and certain persons or entities related to us such as our officers and directors and underwriters against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions (or alleged misstatements or omissions) in those documents.
Preferred Stock
Our Charter provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our Board is authorized to fix the voting powers, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our Board is able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting powers and other rights that could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred stock outstanding as of the date of this Annual Report. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.
2
Warrants
Public Warrants
Each public warrant that was included as part of each unit sold in Colombier’s initial public offering (a “Public Warrant”) entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the Closing. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the Closing of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. As of the date of this Annual Report, we have 5,750,000 Public Warrants outstanding.
We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the Class A Common Stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Public Warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant.
We filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC on August 9, 2023 (the “Form S-1”), and the Form S-1 was declared effective on October 12, 2023. The Form S-1 covers the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and Private Warrants (defined below) (the Public Warrants together with the Private Warrants, the “warrants”). We have agreed to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement, dated June 8, 2021, between Colombier and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as “Warrant Agent” (the “Warrant Agreement”). During any period when we have failed to maintain a registration statement covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders may exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Common Stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.
Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, we may call the warrants for redemption:
•in whole and not in part;
•at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
•upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and
•if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification.
3
We have established the last of the redemption criteria discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the Public Warrants, each warrant holder will be entitled to exercise its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Common Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
If we call the Public Warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of Public Warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be received upon exercise of the Public Warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants. If we call our Public Warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this option, the Colombier Sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their Private Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had all warrant holders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.
In the event we determine to redeem the Public Warrants, holders of our redeemable warrants would be notified of such redemption as described in our warrant agreement. Specifically, in the event that we elect to redeem all of the redeemable warrants as described above, we will fix a date for the redemption (the “Redemption Date”). Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by us not less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date to the registered holders of the redeemable warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner provided in the warrant agreement will be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice. In addition, beneficial owners of the redeemable warrants will be notified of such redemption via our posting of the redemption notice to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).
A holder of a Public Warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the Warrant Agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
4
If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Public Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock) and (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of the Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the Public Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Public Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.
5
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the Public Warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our Class A Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised that person’s warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of Class A Common Stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on per share consideration minus the Black-Scholes warrant value (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the Public Warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the Public Warrants pursuant to which the holders of the Public Warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the Public Warrants in order to determine and realize the option value component of the Public Warrant. This formula is to compensate the Public Warrant holder for the loss of the option value portion of the Public Warrant due to the requirement that the Public Warrant holder exercise the warrant within 30 days of the event. The Black-Scholes model is an accepted pricing model for estimating fair market value where no quoted market price for an instrument is available.
The Public Warrants and the Private Warrants were issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement. You should review a copy of the Warrant Agreement, which has been publicly filed with the SEC and which you can find in the list of exhibits to this Annual Report, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Warrants. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of Public Warrants.
The Public Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the Warrant Agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Public Warrants being exercised. The Public Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Public Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.
No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Public Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
6
Private Warrants
The private warrants were initially issued to Colombier Sponsor in a private placement consummated simultaneously with Colombier’s initial public offering (the “Private Warrants”). Except as described below, the Private Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Commencing 30 days after the Closing the Private Warrants (including the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Warrants) became transferable, assignable and salable. The Private Warrants will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Colombier Sponsor or its permitted transferees. As of the date of this Annual Report, we have 5,700,000 Private Warrants outstanding. The members of the Colombier Sponsor at the time of Closing (the “Sponsor Distributees”), or their permitted transferees, have the option to exercise the Private Warrants on a cashless basis. If the Private Warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor Distributees or their permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Public Warrants, and among other matters, be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
If holders of the Private Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the Warrant Agent.
Pre-Funded Warrants and Common Warrants
On December 18, 2025, we entered into a securities purchase agreement relating to a registered direct offering that included Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase 5,018,184 shares of our Class A Common stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”) and Common Warrants to purchase 8,522,730 shares of our Class A Common stock (the “Common Warrants”), each outstanding as of March 13, 2026.
The purchase price of each Pre-Funded Warrant and accompanying Common Warrants will equal the price at which the Shares and accompanying Common Warrants are being sold in this offering, minus $0.0001, and the exercise price of each Pre-Funded Warrant will be $0.0001 per share. The Pre-Funded Warrants will be exercisable immediately and may be exercised at any time until all the Pre-Funded Warrants are exercised in full.
The Common Warrants, Pre-Funded Warrants and the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Common Warrants and the Pre-Funded Warrants are offered by the Company pursuant to a prospectus supplement dated December 18, 2025, and accompanying prospectus dated May 16, 2025, in connection with a takedown from the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-287154), which was declared effective by the SEC on May 16, 2025. You should review a copy of the prospectus supplement and prospectus, along with copies of the Form of Common Warrant and Form of Pre-Funded Warrant which have been publicly filed with the SEC and which you can find in the list of exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2025, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Common Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants.
The Pre-Funded Warrants have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share, and therefore are expected to be exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock at essentially any trading price. The Common Warrants have an exercise price of $1.18 per share, become exercisable six months following issuance, and have a term of five and a half years from the initial exercise date.
7
Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
The transfer agent for our Class A Common Stock and Warrant Agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and Warrant Agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Our Charter and the Bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control over us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Among other things, the Charter and Bylaws include provisions regarding:
•opting out of Section 203 of the DGCL to allow us to establish our own rules governing business combinations with interested parties;
•the ability of our Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
•the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our directors and officers;
•the exclusive right of our Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board;
•the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our Board, the chairperson of our Board, or our chief executive officer, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
•controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of Board and stockholder meetings;
•the requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions of the Charter or any provision of the Bylaws, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in our Board and also may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
•the ability of our Board to amend the bylaws, which may allow our Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
•advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in our Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; and
8
•our Board is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in our Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our Board or management.
Charter and Restated Bylaw Provisions
Our Charter and Bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team or changes in our Board or our governance or policy, including the following:
Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock
Our Board has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights, powers and preferences, including voting powers, designated from time to time by our Board. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.
Exclusive forum for certain lawsuits
Our Charter requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against any of our current or former directors, officers, employees or stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware or if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court of the State of Delaware. Our Charter also requires, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the federal district courts of the United States to be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, a court may determine that these provisions are unenforceable, and to the extent they are enforceable, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and stockholders although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Notwithstanding, the Charter provides that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Section 27 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, (i) the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction, and (ii) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Special meeting of stockholders
Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our Board, or our chief executive officer, or our Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our Board, and may not be called by any other person.
9
Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations
Our Bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be received by our secretary at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to Rule 14A-8 of the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in our annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. Our Bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.
No action by written consent
Our Charter provides that our stockholders are not entitled to take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.
Board of Directors
Our Board is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. All directors elected at annual meetings of stockholders will be elected for terms ending on the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of the stockholders at which such director was elected or until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal. Our Charter and our Bylaws provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board. Subject to the terms of any preferred stock, any or all of the directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon. Any vacancy on our Board, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our Board, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
Listing of Securities
Our Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “PSQH” and “PSQH.WS,” respectively.
10
Exhibit 10.28
EXECUTION COPY
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
between
CREDOVA SPV I, LLC
as the Borrower,
and
PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC
and OHPC LP
as the Lenders
Dated as of March 12, 2026
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 | ||
2 | ||
ARTICLE VII
COLLATERAL
COLLATERAL
ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULT; TRIGGER EVENT
DEFAULT; TRIGGER EVENT
3 | ||
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS.
MISCELLANEOUS.
4 | ||
EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
Exhibits
Exhibit A - Form of Note
Exhibit B - Receivables Representations & Warranties Exhibit C - Policies and Procedures
Exhibit D - Form of Notice of Borrowing Exhibit E - Form of Borrowing Base Certificate Exhibit F - Computer Tape Information
Exhibit G - Receivable Files Information Exhibit H - Form of Remittance Report
5 | ||
Schedules
Schedule 5.18 - Locations, Legal Names and Deposit Accounts
6 | ||
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of March 12, 2026, between CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having an office at 515 W. Aspen Street, Suite 200c, Bozeman, MT 59715, as the borrower (“Borrower”), and PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and OHPC LP, a Delaware limited partnership, both having an office at 330 Boston Post Road, Darien, Connecticut 06820, as the lenders (each a “Lender”, and together the “Lenders”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Borrower is entering into that certain (a) Amended and Restated Master Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2026 (the “Holdings Purchase Agreement”), by and between Credova Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), as seller, and Borrower, as purchaser, and (b) Master Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2026 (the “Financial Purchase Agreement”), by and between Credova Financial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Credova Financial”), as seller, and Borrower, as purchaser, pursuant to each of which Borrower has purchased and will purchase from Parent and Credova Financial, as applicable, from time to time, the indebtedness or obligations owing by obligors (a) with respect to certain retail installment sales contracts secured by consumer goods, household animals and other services (the “Goods”) which are listed on the related Receivable Schedule (collectively the “RISC Receivables” and each a “RISC Receivable”); (b) with respect to certain consumer installment loan contracts which are listed on the related CL Receivable Schedule (collectively the “CL Receivables” and each a “CL Receivable”); (c) with respect to certain consumer buy now pay later receivables which are listed on the related BNPL Receivable Schedule (collectively the “BNPL Receivables” and each a “BNPL Receivable”; and together with the RISC Receivables and the CL Receivables the “Loan Receivables” and each a “Loan Receivable”); and (d) with respect to certain closed end lease contracts secured by the Goods which are listed on the related Lease Receivable Schedule (collectively the “Lease Receivables” and each a “Lease Receivable”, and together with the Loan Receivables, the “Receivables”);
WHEREAS, Borrower and PFM Credit Recovery Fund I, LLC (“PFM”), are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2018 (as amended from time to time, including via the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated November 11, 2021; the “Prior Loan Agreement”), which provides for a revolving credit facility in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000;
WHEREAS, Borrower and PFM desire to amend and restate the terms, representations, covenants and agreements of the Prior Loan Agreement in this Agreement as hereinafter set forth;
WHEREAS, PFM is willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the parties hereto agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby amended, restated and replaced in its entirety with this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements contained herein, Borrower and Lenders (sometimes singularly referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as “Parties”) hereby agree as follows:
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Account Bank” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, with respect to the Collection Account, and its respective successors and assigns.
“Accounts” has the meaning it is given under the UCC. “Additional Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
“Adjusted Unpaid Principal Balance” means, with respect to a Loan Receivable and as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Unpaid Principal Balance of such Loan Receivable, minus (b) the amount of any fees and/or points deducted from the initial proceeds remitted to the Obligor on such Loan Receivable and the amount of any discount received by a Seller in connection with the Loan Receivables.
“Administrative Purchase Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.
“Advance” and “Advances” have the meanings specified in Section 2.1.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the other Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Aggregate Outstanding Advances” means on any date, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate Advances minus (ii) the amounts previously applied to the repayment of such Advances pursuant to Section 4.3.
“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
“Amortization Period” means the period commencing on the earlier of (a) the Funding Termination Date and (b) the date on which an Event of Default occurs and ending on the Maturity Date.
“APR” means, with respect to a Receivable, the annual percentage rate of finance charges or service charges stated in the related Contract.
“Asset Oversight Fee” means an amount equal to $7,000 per fiscal quarter payable to SR Alternative Credit, LLC on each Remittance Date in March, June, September and December of each calendar year.
2 | ||
“Authorized Officers” means the Principals.
“Backup Servicer” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement.
“Backup Servicing Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement. “Backup Servicer Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Servicing Agreement. “Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.) as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.
“BNPL Receivable” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto. “Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto. “Borrowing” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(a).
“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the difference between (a) the aggregate Performing Calculated Principal Balance of the Eligible Receivables and (b) $500,000, and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (a) eighty-nine percent (89%) of the aggregate Adjusted Unpaid Principal Balance of Eligible Loan Receivables that are less than sixty-one (61) days past due, and (b) the product, with respect to each Eligible Lease Receivables that is less than sixty-one (61) days past due, of (1) the Lease Advance Rate of each such Eligible Lease Receivables and (2) the Remaining Lease Balance of such Eligible Lease Receivable. No Write-Off, Liquidated Receivable or Receivable that is more than sixty (60) days past due shall be included as an “Eligible Receivable” for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base.
“Borrowing Base Availability Amount” means, as of any Funding Date, an amount equal to the greater of (i) zero and (ii) the Borrowing Base as of such date minus an amount equal to the Aggregate Outstanding Advances as of such date.
“Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(b)(ii).
“Borrowing Base Deficiency” means as of any date, the excess, if any, of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances over the Borrowing Base.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed in New York, New York.
“Calculated Principal Balance” means (i) with respect to any Loan Receivable, the Unpaid Principal Balance of such Loan Receivable, and (ii) with respect to any Lease Receivable, the Remaining Lease Balance of such Lease Receivable divided by the Lease-to-Cost Ratio of such Lease Receivable.
“Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any Law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by Lenders with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.
“CL Receivable” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
3 | ||
“Closing Date” means December 7, 2018.
“Closing Fee” means a closing fee already paid on the Closing Date.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. “Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.
“Collateral Receipt” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement.
“Collection Account” means that certain account to be established and maintained at the Account Bank, as well as such other accounts in the name of Borrower and held and controlled by PFM into which all Collections and other amounts relating to the Receivables shall be deposited. All investment income on and transaction expenses associated with the Collection Account shall be reported for tax purposes as income and expense of Borrower.
“Collections” means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds of or arising out of or relating to such Receivable, including, without limitation, (a) Scheduled Payments and unscheduled Payments, (b) Prepayments, (c) Late Fees and any other fees and/or amounts due pursuant to the installment loan or lease contracts, (d) Guaranty Amounts, (e) Insurance Proceeds, (f) Liquidation Proceeds or Recoveries, (g) all other cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable, (h) any related Administrative Purchase Payment, and (i) Repurchase Price Proceeds.
“Commercial Tort Claim” has the meaning it is given under the UCC.
“Computer Tape” means a computer tape or other electronic medium generated by or on behalf of a seller of Receivables and delivered or transmitted to Borrower which provides such information relating to such Receivables as set forth in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
“Contract” means, with respect to a Receivable, the installment lease or loan contract, as applicable, entered into with an Obligor pursuant to or under which such Obligor shall be obligated to pay installment lease or loan payments.
“Controlled Group” means Borrower and all Persons (whether or not incorporated) under common control or treated as a single employer with Borrower pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
“Credova Financial” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Custodial Fees” means any fee paid for custodial services pursuant to the Servicing Agreement and which PFM has approved.
“Custodian” means Monterey or any other Person designated by PFM as the custodian pursuant to the Servicing Agreement.
“Cut Off Date” shall mean, with respect to a Receivable, the date of acquisition by Purchaser of such Receivable.
“Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.6.
4 | ||
“Default Rate” means an interest rate equal to eighteen percent (18%) per annum.
“Delinquency Ratio” means, (i) with respect to Loan Receivables, for any calendar month, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of all Loan Receivables as of the last day of such month which, as of such date, are more than thirty (30) days delinquent with respect to all or a portion of any Scheduled Payment, divided by (B) the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of all Loan Receivables as of the last day of such month, and (ii) with respect to Lease Receivables, for any calendar month, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the aggregate Remaining Lease Balance of all Lease Receivables as of the last day of such month which, as of such date, are more than thirty (30) days delinquent with respect to all or a portion of any Scheduled Payment, divided by (B) the aggregate Remaining Lease Balance of all Lease Receivables as of the last day of such month.
“Deposit Account” has the meaning it is given under the UCC.
“Deposit Account Control Agreement” means each Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to a Deposit Account among the Account Bank, Borrower and PFM, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Dollars” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.
“Eligible Receivable” means, as of any date, any Receivable with respect to which all of the representations and warranties set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto are true and correct in all respects as of such date.
“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person, or any obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or giving any person a right, option or warrant to acquire such equity interests or such convertible or exchangeable obligations.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1.
“Excluded Obligor” means: (i) any employee or independent contractor of Borrower, Parent or any of their Affiliates (including, but not limited to, all directors, managers and officers of such Affiliates); (ii) any Principal; (iii) any Person that has any right of rescission, set off, counterclaim or any other defense with respect to its obligation to make payments under any Receivable; (iv) any Person that is subject to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding; (v) any Person that is engaged in, or has threatened to enter into, any litigation against Borrower, Parent or any of their Affiliates.
5 | ||
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) such Lender’s net income or gross receipts by any jurisdiction or Governmental Authority, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by any jurisdiction or Governmental Authority, (c) taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 4.5(a)(v) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Facility Availability Amount” means, as of any date of determination, subject to Section 2.6(c), an amount equal to the greater of (i) zero and (ii) an amount equal to the Maximum Credit minus the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances.
“Facility Interest Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement.
“FDCPA” means the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1692 et seq. “Financial Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
“Funding Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(a).
“Funding Termination Date” means July 31, 2027.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.
“General Intangibles” has the meaning it is given under the UCC. “Goods” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, county, regional, local or municipal government, any bureau, department, agency or political subdivision thereof and any Person with jurisdiction exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including any court) of the United States.
“Guaranty Amounts” means any and all amounts paid by any guarantor with respect to the applicable Receivable.
“Holdings Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
6 | ||
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any amount payable by such Person pursuant to an agreement or instrument involving, relating to or evidencing money borrowed or received, the advance of credit, a conditional sale or a transfer with recourse or with an obligation to repurchase, or pursuant to a lease with substantially the same economic effect as any such agreement or instrument, to which such Person is a party as debtor, borrower or guarantor, all obligations of such Person to purchase securities (or other property) which arise out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities or property, all non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar instrument, all obligations to advance funds including keep wells, comfort letters and similar arrangements and all liabilities under interest rate cap agreements, interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements and other hedging agreements or arrangements.
“Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2. “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes. “Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2.
“Insurance Policy” means, with respect to any Goods securing a Receivable, any insurance policy or policies maintained by or on behalf of the Obligor pursuant to the related Contract that covers physical damage to the related Goods and general liability (including any policies procured by a Seller or any agent thereof, on behalf of the Obligor).
“Insurance Proceeds” means, with respect to any Goods securing a Receivable, any amount paid under an Insurance Policy issued with respect thereto or to the related Contracts, net of any proceeds which are required by law or the related Contracts to be paid to the related Obligor.
“Intercompany Note” means a promissory note by Borrower in favor of Credova Financial, evidencing a Subordinated Loan, which promissory note shall be in form and substance satisfactory to PFM.
“Interest Period” means, with respect to each Advance: (a) initially, the period commencing on and including the initial Funding Date with respect to such Advance and ending on but excluding the next following Remittance Date, and (b) thereafter, each period beginning on and including a Remittance Date and ending on but excluding the next Remittance Date.
“Late Fees” means, with respect to a Receivable, any late fees, prepayment charges, extension fees, modification fees, check by phone fees, ACH/EFT fees, any other incidental charges or fees received from an Obligor, including, but not limited to, collection fees and returned check charges or other administrative fees or similar charges allowed by applicable Law that are paid or payable by the Obligor.
7 | ||
“Laws” means, with respect to any Person or action, as applicable, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
“Lease Advance Rate” means, with respect to any Lease Receivable a percentage equal to the lesser of (a) seventy percent (70%), and (b) a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the product of (i) eighty nine percent (89%), and (ii) the Original Asset Cost of the related Good, including fees and taxes (if any), and the denominator of which is equal to the Original Lease Balance with respect to such Lease Receivable.
“Lease Receivable” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Lease Receivable Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in the related Purchase Agreement.
“Lease-to-Cost Ratio” means, with respect to any Lease Receivable, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the Original Lease Balance with respect to such Lease Receivable, and the denominator of which is the Original Asset Cost of the related Good, including fees and taxes, if any.
“Lender” and “Lenders” have the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.
“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, participation, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority right or interest or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the UCC (other than any such financing statement filed for informational purposes only) or comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing.
“Limited Guaranty” means, that certain Limited Guaranty dated as of the date executed
by Parent and each of the Principals in favor of PFM.
“Liquidated Receivable” means, as of any date of determination and at all times thereafter, a Receivable as to which any of the following first occurs: (i) forty-five (45) days have elapsed since Borrower or the Servicer repossessed the Goods, if applicable, (ii) Borrower or the Servicer has determined in good faith that all amounts it expects to recover have been received, (iii) all or a portion of a Scheduled Payment is one hundred twenty (120) days or more delinquent, or (iv) the Goods have been sold and the proceeds received, if applicable. A Receivable which becomes a Liquidated Receivable shall thereafter remain a Liquidated Receivable.
8 | ||
“Liquidated Receivables Percentage” means, (i) with respect to Loan Receivables, for any calendar month, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of all Loan Receivables which became Liquidated Receivables during such calendar month (measured at their Unpaid Principal Balance at the beginning of such calendar month), divided by (B) the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of all Loan Receivables as of the last day of such month, and (ii) with respect to Lease Receivables, for any calendar month, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the aggregate Remaining Lease Balance of all Lease Receivables which became Liquidated Receivables during such calendar month (measured at their Remaining Lease Balance at the beginning of such calendar month), divided by (b) the aggregate Remaining Lease Balance of all Lease Receivables as of the last day of such month.
“Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, the monies collected by a Seller, Borrower and the Servicer (from whatever source including, without limitation, from settlement proceeds) on such Liquidated Receivable.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Note, the Limited Guaranty, each Deposit Account Control Agreement, the UCC financing statements, the Servicing Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Purchase Agreements and all of the other agreements, documents and instruments entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
“Loan Receivable” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Loan Receivable Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in the related Purchase Agreement.
“Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to Borrower, Sellers or the Servicer, a material adverse effect on (i) the financial condition, business, operations or properties of such Person, (ii) the ability of such Person to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (iv) PFM’s interest in the Collateral.
“Maturity Date” means, with respect to the Note, the date, subsequent to the Revolving Period, that is the earlier of: (i) nine (9) months following the Funding Termination Date; and (ii) the Remittance Date on which the Aggregate Outstanding Advances are $1,000,000 or below.
“Maximum Credit” means $10,000,000.
“Maximum Monthly Draw Amount” means $1,000,000, or any other amount on which
the parties agree in writing.
“Minimum Advance Amount” means $250,000.
“Minimum Interest Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3. “Minimum Interest Payment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3. “Monterey” means Monterey Financial Services Inc., a California corporation.
9 | ||
“Non-use Fee” means an amount equal to the product of (a) 0.50% per annum, (b) the positive difference, if any, between Maximum Credit and the greater of (i) daily average Aggregate Outstanding Advances during the immediately preceding Interest Period and (ii) $5,000,000, and (c) the ratio of the actual number of days in the related Interest Period over 360. The Non-use Fee shall be payable on each Remittance Date and be paid under item fourth of Section 4.3.
“Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.
“Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 9.3.
“Notice of Borrowing” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(b).
“Obligations” means all present and future liabilities, obligations and Indebtedness of Borrower owing to Lenders and arising under this Agreement, the Note and any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, amounts owed in respect of the Advances, interest, indemnities, fees, charges and expenses.
“Obligor” means a Person obligated to make payments on a Receivable, including co-signers, co borrowers and guarantors.
“Original Asset Cost” means, with respect to any Lease Receivable, the cost of the related Good invoiced to Originator (net of any commissions Originator owes to and/or net of any discount Originator receives from the related retailer) plus the first in-store lease payment, if any, collected by the retailer.
“Original Lease Balance” means, with respect to a Lease Receivable and as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the product of (a) the installment lease payment amount and (b) the number of lease payments as of the date of origination as set forth in the related Contract, and (ii) the optional purchase price as defined in a related Contract (which purchase price shall be capped at one (1) times the installment lease payment amount for such Lease Receivable for purposes of this calculation).
“Original Loan Balance” means, with respect to any Loan Receivable, the original principal balance of the Loan Receivable as of the date of origination.
“Original Term” means, with respect to any Loan Receivable, the original term to maturity (measured in months) of the Loan Receivable as of the date of origination.
“Originator” means, as applicable, Sellers, Hello Funding, LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company, FlexStar Financial LLC, a Virginia limited liability company, Range Funding LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company, Cornerstone Bank, or any other originator approved by the PFM in writing and in its sole discretion.
“Other Expenses” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement.
10 | ||
“Other Taxes” means any present or future stamp, recording, documentary, excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies imposed by the United States or any taxing authority thereof or therein from any payment made under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or from the execution, delivery or registration of, any performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
“Parent” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Parent Contribution Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.7.
“Party” and “Parties” have the meanings specified in the recitals hereto.
“Performing Calculated Principal Balance” means the aggregate Calculated Principal Balance of all Eligible Receivables that are less than thirty-one (31) calendar days past due.
“Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens held by Lenders, Liens of Sellers, and Liens of Purchaser and Borrower, and (b) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon a Person or upon such Person’s income or profits or property, if the same are not yet due and payable and no demand for payment made by the applicable governmental unit.
“Person” means any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of similar nature.
“PFM” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Plan” means any employee benefit plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and either (i) is maintained for employees of a Person or any ERISA Affiliate or in which any such employees participate or to which contributions are made by such Person or any ERISA Affiliate, or (ii) has at any time within the preceding five years been maintained for employees of a Person or any ERISA Affiliate or any Person which was at such time an ERISA Affiliate or in which any such employees participated at such time, or (iii) with respect to which a Person or any ERISA Affiliate could be subjected to any liability under Title IV of ERISA (including Section 4069 of ERISA) in the event that such plan has been or were to be terminated.
“Plan Assets” means assets of any (i) employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) governmental plan (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA) subject to federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations substantially similar to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
“Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by Parent in favor of PFM.
“Policies and Procedures” means the Policies and Procedures, attached hereto as Exhibit C.
11 | ||
“Prepayments” means with respect to a Receivable, all payments, exclusive of Scheduled Payments, paid by or on behalf of the Obligor to prepay, in full or in part, the outstanding Remaining Lease Balance (with respect to Lease Receivables) or Unpaid Principal Balance (with respect to Loan Receivables) owed by such Obligor under the terms of the related Contract.
“Prime Rate” means, for any date of determination, the rate of interest most recently announced by the Wall Street Journal as the prime commercial rate for Dollar-denominated loans made in the United States or, if the Wall Street Journal ceases to publish such rate, the comparable rate as published by a nationally recognized source mutually acceptable to Borrower and PFM.
“Prime RISC Receivable” means a RISC Receivables with an APR of less than thirty-six percent (36%), and a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) of 680 or higher.
“Principals” means Michael Pena and Kegan Peterson.
“Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.
“Purchase” means each purchase of Receivables and Related Security by Purchaser from a Seller.
“Purchase Agreements” means, collectively, the Financial Purchase Agreement and the Holdings Purchase Agreement.
“Purchase Price” means, with respect to any Receivable, the price paid by Borrower to acquire such Receivable.
“Purchaser” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Receivable” and “Receivables” have the meanings specified in the recitals hereto. “Receivable File” means the documents pertaining to any Receivable referred to in Exhibit G attached hereto, and any additional documents retained by the Custodian with respect thereto.
“Records” means all contracts, purchase orders, invoices and other agreements, documents, books, records and other media for the storage of information (including tapes, disks, punch cards, computer programs and databases and related property) maintained by Borrower with respect to the Receivables or the related Obligors.
“Recoveries” means all collections and recoveries received by Borrower, Sellers or the Servicer in respect of any Write-Off.
12 | ||
“Related Assets” means, with respect to any Receivable, all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of such Receivable, including all funds received by any Person in payment of any amounts owed (including finance charges, interest and all other charges, if any) in respect of such Receivable, or otherwise applied to repay or discharge such Receivable (including insurance payments that Borrower applies in the ordinary course of its business to amounts owed in respect of such Receivable and net proceeds of any sale or other disposition of repossessed goods that were the subject of such Receivable) or other collateral or property of any Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for payment of such Receivable, and all Records relating to any of the foregoing.
“Related Security” means, with respect to any Receivable:
(i)all of Parent’s, Originator’s and Borrower’s, as applicable, right, title and interest in and to the Goods (excluding the right and/or title to physically possess any firearms), Related Assets, Lease Receivable Purchase Agreements and Loan Receivable Purchase Agreements;
(ii)all security interests, Liens, real property and/or personal property (excluding any physical firearms) subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to the Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements or registration applications filed against an Obligor describing any collateral securing such Receivable;
(iii)all letters of credit, insurance, guarantees and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of the Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to the Receivable or otherwise; and
(iv)the related Contract, all books, Records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, discs, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights), accounts and all general intangibles relating to such Receivable and the related Obligor.
“Remaining Lease Balance” means, with respect to a Lease Receivable and as of any date of determination, the Original Lease Balance less all lease payments made by the related Obligor on such Lease Receivable.
“Remittance Date” means the seventh (7th) day of each month, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day.
“Remittance Period” means, with respect to any Receivable and any Remittance Date, the immediately preceding calendar month; provided that the first Remittance Period for any such Receivable shall be the period commencing on the related Cut Off Date to the last day of the calendar month prior to the related first Remittance Date.
“Remittance Report” means a report delivered to PFM by Borrower in respect of each Remittance Date in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.
“Report Date” means the day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the applicable Remittance Date.
13 | ||
“Repurchase Price” has the meaning set forth in the related Purchase Agreement.
“Repurchase Price Proceeds” means, with respect to any Receivable, any monies paid to Borrower by a Seller pursuant to Section 6.4 of the related Purchase Agreement.
“Requested Borrowing Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6(c).
“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person or Receivable, as applicable, any law, treaty, rule or regulation, determination or order of any arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, judgment, decree, franchise or permit in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or Receivable, as applicable, or, in the case of any Person, any of its property is subject.
“Revolving Period” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.
“RISC Receivable” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.
“Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to any Receivable, the periodic installment lease or loan payments, as applicable, payable under the terms of the related Contracts.
“Second Amended and Restated Date” means March 12, 2026.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Seller” means either Parent or Credova Financial, as applicable. “Sellers” means, collectively, Parent and Credova Financial.
“Servicer” means Monterey or any Person (whether as a successor to Monterey or otherwise) with Servicing Rights.
“Servicing Agreement” means that certain Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2019, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among Borrower, Servicer, Custodian and PFM or any other agreement giving rise or relating to Servicing Rights with respect to Receivables, including any assignment or other agreement relating to such agreement.
“Servicing Expenses” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement. “Servicing Fees” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement.
“Servicing Rights” means contractual, possessory or other rights of Parent or any other Person, whether arising under any Servicing Agreement or otherwise, to administer or service a Receivable or to possess related Records.
“Subordinated Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8. “Subordinated Loan Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.8. “Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in the related Purchase Agreement. “Supporting Obligations” has the meaning it is given under the UCC.
14 | ||
“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.
“Transfer Date” has the meaning specified in Section 6.03(b) of the Servicing Agreement.
“Trigger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 8.3.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction or jurisdictions.
“Underwriting Guidelines” means the underwriting criteria established by Sellers in the Policies and Procedures attached hereto as Exhibit C.
“Unpaid Principal Balance” means the original principal balance of a Loan Receivable less any principal payments received with respect to such Loan Receivable.
“Write-Off” means any Receivable which Borrower has determined in good faith to be uncollectible.
SECTION 1.2. Usage of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein: (1) accounting terms used and not specifically defined therein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; (2) terms used in Article 9 of the New York UCC, and not specifically defined herein, are used therein as defined in such Article 9; (3) the term “including” means “including without limitation,” and other forms of the verb “to include” have correlative meanings; (4) references to any Person include such Person’s permitted successors; (5) in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”; (6) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (7) the term “or” means “and/or”; (8) the meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of such defined terms; (9) references to “Section”, “Schedule”, “Exhibit”, “Annex” and “Appendix” herein are references to Sections, Schedules, Exhibits, Annexes and Appendices in or to this Agreement; (10) the various captions (including any table of contents) are provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (11) references to any statute or regulation refer to that statute or regulation as amended from time to time, and include any successor statute or regulation of similar import; and (12) any reference in this Agreement to this Agreement or any Loan Document means such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
15 | ||
ARTICLE II
THE ADVANCES
SECTION 2.1. Advances. Lenders agree from time to time, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make loans in the form of advances (individually, an “Advance”; collectively, the “Advances”) to Borrower, on any Business Day from and including the Closing Date to and including the Funding Termination Date (the “Revolving Period”) in an aggregate principal amount up to but not exceeding the Maximum Credit, subject to fulfillment of, with respect to the initial Advance, the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and, with respect to each subsequent Advance, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2.
SECTION 2.2. The Note.
(a)The Advances made by Lenders to Borrower hereunder shall be evidenced by a single promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Note”), dated the date hereof, payable to PFM on behalf of Lenders in a principal amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Credit and (ii) the Aggregate Outstanding Advances.
(b)The date, amount and interest rate of each Advance made by Lenders to Borrower, and each payment and prepayment made on all or any portion of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances in accordance with Sections 4.3 or 4.4, shall be recorded by Lenders on their books and noted by Lenders on the grid attached to the Note; provided that the failure of any Lender to make any such recordation or notation shall not affect the obligations of Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing hereunder or under the Note in respect of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances.
SECTION 2.3. Interest.
(a)The Aggregate Outstanding Advances shall bear interest from and including the first (1st) day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to fourteen and a half percent (14.5%) (the “Facility Interest Rate”); provided that from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Facility Interest Rate shall be equal to the Default Rate; provided, further, that if Borrower pays or prepays all or any portion of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances in accordance with Section 4.4, interest on such paid or prepaid amounts shall cease to accrue upon such payment or prepayment. Interest on the Aggregate Outstanding Advances shall be payable on each Remittance Date on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed during the applicable Interest Period or other period, for a 360-day year. The applicable Facility Interest Rate for each Interest Period shall be determined by PFM and written notice of such Facility Interest Rate given to Borrower at least two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and such determination shall be prima facie evidence of the correctness of such determination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the Revolving Period, in the event that Borrower’s aggregate interest payments hereunder for any of the three-month periods specified below are less than the amount specified below (the “Minimum Interest Payment”), then Borrower shall be required to pay to PFM on the last Remittance Date in such three-month period an amount (the “Minimum Interest Payment Amount”) equal to the difference between the Minimum Interest Payment and the amount of interest actually paid during such three-month period:
16 | ||
On the Remittance Date in July 2024 and on each subsequent third Remittance Date, $175,000.
The Minimum Interest Payment shall be prorated in the period during which the Funding Termination Date occurs for the actual number of days elapsed through such Funding Termination Date.
(b)If there shall be a continuing Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Aggregate Outstanding Advances or any other amount becoming due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, Borrower shall on demand from time to time pay interest, to the extent permitted by Law, on such defaulted amount to but excluding the date of actual payment (after as well as before judgment) at the applicable Facility Interest Rate.
SECTION 2.4. Note Principal Balance. The Aggregate Outstanding Advances evidenced by the Note shall be repaid on each Remittance Date as specified in Section 4.3. Except as provided in Section 4.4, the Aggregate Outstanding Advances evidenced by the Note may not be paid or prepaid from any other funds on any date prior to the Maturity Date without the consent of PFM; provided, however, that the Aggregate Outstanding Advances evidenced by the Note may be paid or prepaid if and to the extent that PFM shall have declared the unpaid Aggregate Outstanding Advances and all accrued interest thereon to be immediately due and payable following the occurrence of an Event of Default as provided in Section 8.2.
SECTION 2.5. Payments Generally.
(a)All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower hereunder shall be made to PFM, in Dollars and in immediately available funds on the date such payment is due and payable by 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time). All payments received by PFM after 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.
(b)If any payment to be made by Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.
SECTION 2.6. Procedure for Borrowing; Funding of Advances.
(a)Allowable Time and Amount of Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, Borrower may request Advances (each such event, a “Borrowing”) for any Business Day during the Revolving Period (each such date, a “Funding Date”) in amounts not less than the Minimum Advance Amount. The amount requested for any such Borrowing shall not exceed, and any greater amount so requested shall be deemed to be equal to, the Requested Borrowing Amount as determined pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.6 for the Eligible Receivables (as evidenced by the related Receivable Schedule provided to PFM as required by Section 3.2(b)(i)) to which such Advances relate on such Funding Date. The aggregate amount of all Advances requested in any calendar month shall not exceed the Maximum Monthly Draw Amount, unless otherwise agreed to by PFM in writing.
17 | ||
(b)Notice of Borrowing. Any request for a Borrowing by Borrower shall be made by delivering to PFM an irrevocable notice of borrowing in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (a “Notice of Borrowing”), which must be received no later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time) two (2) Business Days prior to the requested Funding Date. Any such delivery may be made by facsimile or email delivered to the individual designated by PFM to receive such notice.
(c)Advances by Lenders. Upon Borrower’s request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.6(b), Lenders shall, provided all conditions precedent set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 have been met, not later than 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the requested Funding Date, make Advances in an aggregate amount (the “Requested Borrowing Amount”) equal to the least of (i) the amount of the Advances requested by Borrower in the related Notice of Borrowing, (ii) the Borrowing Base Availability Amount as of such Funding Date and (iii) the Facility Availability Amount as of such Funding Date. Subject to the foregoing, Lenders shall make such Advances available to Borrower via wire transfer of immediately available funds (pursuant to wire transfer instructions provided by Borrower two (2) Business Days prior to such Funding Date). Lenders shall not be obligated to make Advances more frequently than twice in any 30-day period.
(d)No Duplicate Borrowing. No Eligible Receivable may be the subject of more than one Borrowing.
SECTION 2.7. Parent Contribution Amount. On each Funding Date, Parent shall make a capital contribution to Borrower in an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price for the applicable Eligible Receivables less the related Requested Borrowing Amount (the “Parent Contribution Amount”). Pursuant to the Holdings Purchase Agreement, such capital contribution may be in the form of a contribution of the Receivables purchased by Borrower on such date.
SECTION 2.8. Subordinated Loan Amount. On each Funding Date, Credova Financial shall make an intercompany loan to Borrower (the “Subordinated Loan”) in an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price for the applicable Eligible Receivables less the related Requested Borrowing Amount (the “Subordinated Loan Amount”). Pursuant to the Financial Purchase Agreement, such Subordinated Loan may be in the form of an Intercompany Note from Borrower to Credova Financial on such date.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO ADVANCES
SECTION 3.1. Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement and Lenders’ obligations hereunder shall be subject (unless waived by PFM in writing) to the conditions precedent that Lenders shall have received each of the following, on or before the Second Amended and Restated Date, each (unless otherwise indicated) dated as of the Second Amended and Restated Date and each in form and substance satisfactory to PFM:
(a)This Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto;
(b)The Holdings Purchase Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto;
18 | ||
(c)The Financial Purchase Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto; and
(d)Any other documents or information reasonably requested by PFM.
SECTION 3.2. Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. The making of each Advance by Lenders hereunder (including the initial Advance) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)With respect to the initial Advance, PFM shall have received (a) evidence satisfactory to PFM of the establishment of the Collection Account with the Account Bank and PFM shall have received the Deposit Account Control Agreements, each duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto; and (b) the Closing Fee (to be deducted from the initial Advance);
(b)PFM or its designee shall have received on or before the related Funding Date:
(i)the Computer Tape with respect to all relevant Receivables, delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(a) along with the Receivable Schedule with respect to Eligible Receivables for which a Borrowing is requested;
(ii)a certificate executed by Borrower and the Servicer in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto showing a true and correct calculation of the Borrowing Base as of such Funding Date (“Borrowing Base Certificate”);
(iii)a certificate, executed by an Authorized Officer of Borrower, certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 3.2(c) have been satisfied; and
(iv)such certificates, or other documents as PFM may reasonably request;
(c)All representations and warranties in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents that are not subject to materiality qualifications shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such Funding Date as if made on such date and all representations and warranties in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents that are subject to materiality qualifications shall be true and correct in all respects as of such Funding Date as if made on such date; Borrower shall be in compliance with the terms and conditions set forth herein; no Default, Event of Default or Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a result of the making of such Advance; and the making of such Advance shall not cause a violation of the portfolio concentration limits set forth in Exhibit B;
(d)With respect to the initial Advance, PFM shall have received the insurance certificates described in Section 6.23;
(e)PFM or its designee shall have received any other documents requested by PFM;
(f)Borrower (or such applicable Seller) shall have delivered to the Custodian all documents related to each Receivable in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and the provisions of the Servicing Agreement;
19 | ||
(g)PFM or its designee shall have received the Collateral Receipt with respect to the documents delivered pursuant to Section 3.2(f) above;
(h)Borrower shall have marked or caused the Servicer to have marked the related provisions of its loan servicing system evidencing the Receivables with the following applicable legend or the equivalent thereof:
“THE RECEIVABLES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE BEEN (A) SOLD TO CREDOVA SPV I, LLC PURSUANT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 12, 2026, BETWEEN CREDOVA HOLDINGS, INC., AS SELLER, AND CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, AS PURCHASER, AND (B) PLEDGED TO PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC PURSUANT TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 12, 2026, BETWEEN CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, AS BORROWER, PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC, AS A LENDER, AND OHPC LP, AS A LENDER”; or
“THE RECEIVABLES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE BEEN (A) SOLD TO CREDOVA SPV I, LLC PURSUANT TO A MASTER RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 12, 2026, BETWEEN CREDOVA FINANCIAL, LLC, AS SELLER, AND CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, AS PURCHASER, AND (B) PLEDGED TO PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC PURSUANT TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 12, 2026, BETWEEN CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, AS BORROWER, PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC, AS A LENDER, AND OHPC LP, AS A LENDER”;
(i)To the extent applicable, each secured party shall have released all of its right, title and interest in, to and under such Receivable (including, without limitation, any security interest that such secured party or secured party’s agent may have by virtue of its possession, custody or control thereof) and to the extent applicable, has filed UCC termination statements in respect of any UCC filings made in respect of such Receivable, and each such release and UCC termination statement or other evidence of release and termination satisfactory to PFM has been delivered to PFM and if applicable, to the appropriate custodian;
(j)[Reserved]; and
(k)Satisfaction of all conditions precedent to each Purchase set forth in Section 3.2 of the related Purchase Agreement.
SECTION 3.3. Receivables Related Deliveries.
(a)Borrower shall deliver to PFM and the Custodian, the Computer Tape setting forth all of the Receivables owned by Borrower and included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base, by 1:00 p.m. (Eastern time) two (2) Business Days prior to the related Funding Date (unless otherwise agreed to by Borrower and PFM).
20 | ||
(b)Pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, Borrower (or a Seller on behalf of Borrower) shall from time to time in connection with each Funding Date, by 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) two (2) Business Days prior to such Funding Date, deliver and release to the Custodian those Receivable Files as required by the Servicing Agreement. Borrower shall ensure that the Custodian certifies its receipt of all such Receivable Files required to be delivered pursuant to the Servicing Agreement for the related Funding Date, and shall deliver such certification to PFM.
SECTION 3.4. Examination of Receivable Files. Borrower shall, prior to the related Funding Date, make the Receivable Files related to each Receivable to be purchased on such Funding Date available to PFM for examination at Borrower’s offices, at the offices of the Custodian if such Receivable File has been delivered to the Custodian pursuant to Section 3.3(b), or such other location as shall otherwise be agreed upon by PFM and Borrower. Such examination may be made by PFM or its designee at any reasonable time before or after the related Funding Date.
21 | ||
ARTICLE IV
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
SECTION 4.1. Servicer and Servicing Agreement. Pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, Monterey has agreed to act as the Servicer with respect to the Receivables. As a condition of this Agreement, Borrower has assigned for security all of its rights under the Servicing Agreement to PFM.
SECTION 4.2. Collections. All Collections, including checks and other instruments, shall be deposited in the Collection Account within one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof by (a) Borrower, (b) Parent, or (c) its Affiliates, and Borrower will request that the Servicer and its Affiliates deposit such Collections within that timeframe, to the extent that any of Borrower’s Collections were received by such Persons. Collections and other transaction history for each Remittance Period shall be reported to PFM, and shown on the Electronic File, in such detail as PFM may reasonably request.
SECTION 4.3. Application of Proceeds. On each Report Date until such time as all Obligations have been satisfied, or until the Servicer and PFM shall have determined (which determination shall be made in a commercially reasonable manner) that the Receivables have been exhausted, Borrower shall deliver a Remittance Report, the Computer Tape and a Borrowing Base Certificate to PFM. On each Remittance Date, PFM shall instruct the Account Bank to remit from the Collection Account all Collections in respect of the Receivables for the related Remittance Period and all related net investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account in the following order, priority and amounts:
first, to the Servicer, any Servicing Fees, Servicing Expenses and Other Expenses not previously paid or reimbursed for the subject Remittance Period;
second, on a pari passu basis, (i) to the Custodian, any Custodial Fees and any expenses of the Custodian reimbursable under the Servicing Agreement and not previously paid or reimbursed, (ii) to the Backup Servicer, if any, any Backup Servicer Fee and any expenses reimbursable under the Backup Servicing Agreement not previously paid or reimbursed, each for the subject Remittance Period;
third, to PFM, reimbursement of any and all reasonable fees, out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with its administration and enforcement of, and any amendments made or waivers granted with respect to, this Agreement or the Loan Documents (including the “Additional Amounts”);
fourth, to PFM, any accrued and unpaid interest on the Aggregate Outstanding Advances (including, during the Revolving Period, any Minimum Interest Payment Amount and any Non-use Fee) and, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the amount necessary to repay the Aggregate Outstanding Advances until the Aggregate Outstanding Advances have been reduced to zero;
22 | ||
fifth, to PFM, (i) during the Revolving Period, repayment of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances until the Aggregate Outstanding Advances do not exceed the Borrowing Base, and, (ii) during the Amortization Period, repayment of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances until such Aggregate Outstanding Advances do not exceed the Borrowing Base, and then, during the Amortization Period, one hundred percent (100%) of the remaining Collections until the Aggregate Outstanding Advances have been reduced to zero;
sixth, to the Servicer, any defense or indemnification amounts payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Servicing Agreement and not previously paid or reimbursed for the subject or any prior Remittance Period;
seventh, to PFM, payment of an amount equal to the sum of any past-due payments under any other financing facility or loan extended by Lenders or its Affiliates to Parent or their Affiliates; and
eighth, to Borrower, any Collections remaining after application of such amounts pursuant to clauses first through seventh above.
SECTION 4.4. Prepayments.
(a)Voluntary. Borrower may at any time, prepay in whole the Aggregate Outstanding Advances upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written (delivered by mail or facsimile) notice to PFM (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written (delivered by mail or facsimile) notice). The notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, shall be irrevocable and shall commit Borrower to prepay the Aggregate Outstanding Advances in full (or a lesser amount mutually agreed upon by the Parties) on the date stated therein. Any such prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of a fee equal to the sum of all remaining Minimum Interest Payments through the Funding Termination Date by Borrower to PFM. Prepayment of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall have no effect upon, or in any way reduce, amounts otherwise distributable to PFM pursuant to Section 4.3.
(b)Mandatory Prepayments. Borrower shall prepay the Aggregate Outstanding Advances within two (2) Business Days after the earlier of the date (i) that an Authorized Officer becomes aware that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists and (ii) on which Borrower receives written notice from PFM that a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, in each case in an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency, which shall be applied to repay the Aggregate Outstanding Advances. Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.4(b) does not require the payment of any prepayment fee. Prepayment of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances pursuant to this Section 4.4(b) shall have no effect upon, or in any way reduce, amounts otherwise distributable to PFM pursuant to Section 4.3.
SECTION 4.5. Additional Amounts.
(a)Taxes.
Any and all payments by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes; provided, however, that if Borrower shall be required to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes from such
23 | ||
payments, then (i) if there has been a Change in Law (other than with regard to the making of a filing or the provision of a form) with regard to any Indemnified Taxes after the date hereof, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.5(a)(i)) PFM receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made but only to the extent that any such deduction or withholding is required solely as a result of such Change in Law, (ii) Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.
(i)In addition, Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.
(ii)Following the provision by PFM of evidence of payment of Indemnified Taxes, including calculations of such Indemnified Taxes, reasonably satisfactory to Borrower, Borrower shall indemnify Lenders for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes required to be paid by Lenders, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 4.5(a)(ii)) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Such amount shall constitute an “Additional Amount” and shall be paid pursuant to Section 4.3.
(iii)To the extent reasonably practicable, after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall deliver to PFM the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to PFM.
(iv)If a payment made to PFM under any Loan Document would be subject to
U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if PFM were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), PFM shall deliver to Borrower at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that PFM has complied with PFM’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (v), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. PFM agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.
24 | ||
(b)Change in Circumstances.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law, other than a change in law relating to Taxes, shall impose on Lenders any condition affecting this Agreement or the Advances made by Lenders, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Lenders of making or maintaining any Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lenders hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount reasonably deemed by Lenders to be material, then Borrower will pay to PFM such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lenders for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. Any amounts paid under this Section 4.5(b)(i) shall be excluded from any claim for indemnification under Section 9.2.
(i)A certificate of the affected Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the Change in Law claimed and a calculation of the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, as specified in paragraph (i) above, shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be prima facie evidence of the correctness of such calculation. Such amount shall constitute an “Additional Amount” and shall be paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on the Remittance Date immediately following the date on which Borrower receives such certificate.
(ii)Failure or delay on the part of an affected Lender to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute or be deemed as a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation. The protection of this Section 4.5(b) shall be available to Lenders regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed. Each Lender agrees to reimburse Borrower in the amount of any such payments made to Lender under this Section 4.5(b) to the extent either Lender receives reimbursement from another source for such amounts.
(c)Breakage Indemnity. Borrower shall indemnify Lenders against any reasonable losses, costs, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses that Lenders may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) any event, other than a default by Lenders in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in Lenders receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of the Aggregate Outstanding Advances prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor or (ii) any default of the Borrower in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. A certificate of PFM setting forth in reasonable detail a calculation of any amount or amounts which Lenders are entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4.5(c) shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Such amount shall constitute an “Additional Amount” and shall be paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on the Remittance Date immediately following the date on which Borrower receives such certificate.
(d)Asset Oversight Fee. On the last Remittance Date of each calendar quarter, Borrower shall pay to SR Alternative Credit, LLC, for its own benefit, the Asset Oversight Fee, which shall be fully earned and non-refundable as of the date that each such payment is due. Such amount shall be paid pursuant to Section 4.3.
25 | ||
ARTICLE V
BORROWER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce Lenders to enter into this Agreement, Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties as of the Second Amended and Restated Date and each Funding Date, each of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and any related document and agreement.
SECTION 5.1. Organization and Standing. Borrower is a duly formed and validly existing limited liability company, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own and operate its assets, to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged or proposes to engage and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein, has been duly qualified in each jurisdiction where required by the conduct of its business or its ownership of properties, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and has not adopted any resolutions or taken any action leading to liquidation.
SECTION 5.2. Power and Authority. Borrower has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and has duly and properly taken all necessary limited liability company action to permit and authorize the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation of its role in the transactions contemplated herein and therein.
SECTION 5.3. Binding Obligations. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower, and each constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in law or in equity.
26 | ||
SECTION 5.4. Compliance With Other Instruments. Borrower is not in violation of, or default under, any Requirement of Law, any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets are subject, other than violations that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery on the Closing Date and the performance by Borrower of and in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and any related document and agreement required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein and the compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, will not (a) violate the organizational and governing documents of Borrower, (b) contravene any Requirement of Law to which Borrower is subject or (c) violate, conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, other than the security interest in favor of Lender hereunder, upon any of the property or assets of Borrower pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which its properties or assets are bound or may be subject, other than, with respect to clauses (b) and (c) above, such contraventions, violations, conflicts and breaches that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.5. Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or its properties or assets, or to which Borrower or its properties or assets is subject, nor is there any outstanding judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award affecting Borrower or its properties or assets before any court or before any Government Authority that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and Borrower does not have any knowledge of any basis for any such suit, proceeding or investigation.
SECTION 5.6. Financial Statements. The Financial Statements of Borrower, copies of which have been delivered to PFM, fairly and accurately present in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower as at the date thereof and the results of operations for Borrower for the fiscal period ended on the date thereof, all in accordance with GAAP, except for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments in any unaudited financial statements so delivered. To comply with the requirements of this section, Borrower shall be entitled to submit to PFM the quarterly and yearly public filings made to the SEC by its indirect parent company, PSQ Holdings, Inc. and/or a standalone consolidated audit of Parent.
SECTION 5.7. Real Estate. Borrower does not own any real property and does not lease any real property.
27 | ||
SECTION 5.8. ERISA. Neither Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has any Plans. Borrower does not participate in, has not participated in, and has no liability (including any contingent liability) to, any “multi-employer plan,” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or other defined benefit pension plan as defined in ERISA §3(2). Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all respects with all requirements of each Plan, and each Plan complies in all respects, and is operated in compliance in all respects, with all Requirements of Law, in each case except as such non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with respect to any Plan which could result in the incurrence by Borrower of any material liability, fine or penalty or the imposition of a lien on any of the Collateral. All required contributions have been and will be made in accordance with the provisions of each Plan. Members of the Controlled Group currently comply and have complied in all material respects with the notice and continuation coverage requirements of Section 4980B of the Code. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not constitute or result in any non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or other substantially similar provisions under federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations.
SECTION 5.9. No Material Adverse Contracts, Etc. Borrower is not obligated under any contract or agreement or under any Law which adversely affects in any material respect its ability to perform the Obligations or which adversely affects in any material respect the value of the Collateral or which would adversely affect the legality or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 5.10. Consents by Authority. Except for the filing of financing statements or similar notices of encumbrance, all actions, approvals, consents, waivers, exemptions, variances, franchises, orders, permits and authorizations required to be taken, given or obtained, as the case may be, by or from any federal, state or other Governmental Authority or agency, that are necessary or advisable in connection with the execution and delivery by Borrower of, and performance by Borrower of its respective obligations under, the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly taken, given or obtained, as the case may be, are in full force and effect on the date hereof, are not subject to any pending proceedings or appeals (administrative, judicial or otherwise) and either the time within which any appeal therefrom may be taken or review thereof may be obtained has expired or no review thereof may be obtained or appeal therefrom taken, and are adequate to authorize the consummation by Borrower of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Loan Document to which it is a party and the performance by Borrower of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
SECTION 5.11. No Finder’s or Broker’s Fees. There are no broker’s or finder’s fees payable by Borrower to any Person in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated herein or therein and no broker’s or finder’s fee is payable by Borrower to any Person in connection with any Advance.
SECTION 5.12. Securities Laws. Neither Borrower nor any Person controlling Borrower, or any subsidiary of Borrower is an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is subject to any other federal, state or local statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.
28 | ||
SECTION 5.13. Disclosure. The representations and warranties made by Borrower herein and any certificates, exhibits and schedules attached hereto (including any such documents furnished by electronic medium) and, to the knowledge of Borrower, any other information, data, reports, certificates, financial statements and similar writings required to be furnished to PFM by Borrower in connection with the transactions under this Agreement and the Loan Documents, are true and accurate in all material respects, in each case, on the date such information was furnished and in light of the circumstances in which it was furnished, except that with respect to any projections furnished by Borrower, (i) there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such projections, (ii) PFM is familiar with such uncertainties, and (iii) PFM is making its own evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy of all such projections furnished to PFM. There is no fact or condition existing as of the date hereof which does currently have, or to the best knowledge of Borrower, in the future will have, a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.14. No Material Business. Since its formation, Borrower has had no material business or operations and has no liabilities, other than the purchase and financing of the Receivables under the Loan Documents and other incidental activities related thereto and contemplated therein. Borrower has no Subsidiaries and does not have any outstanding loans or advances to, and does not control directly or indirectly, and has no direct or indirect equity participation in, any Person.
SECTION 5.15. U.S. Person. Borrower is a U.S. person under the Code.
SECTION 5.16. Margin Stock. Neither the making of any Advance hereunder, nor the use of the proceeds thereof, will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation U or X of the FRB.
SECTION 5.17. Liens and Encumbrances; Sufficiency of Assets. Upon Borrower’s acquisition of the Receivables, the Receivables will be owned by Borrower free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Liens. All actions necessary in any jurisdiction to give PFM a first priority perfected lien under the UCC in each Receivable acquired by Borrower have been performed. No Receivable acquired by Borrower or constituent part thereof constitutes a “negotiable instrument” or “negotiable document of title” or an “investment” or “chattel paper” (as such terms are used in the UCC) unless such instrument or document of title or chattel paper has been delivered to the Custodian for the benefit of PFM. In connection with the sale of any Receivable by a Seller to Borrower, Borrower has filed or will cause to be filed within ten (10) days after the purchase of the Receivable, in respect to each such sale, UCC financing statements in all jurisdictions necessary to perfect a security interest of Borrower in the Receivables (and the Related Security).
SECTION 5.18. Location of Place of Business; Legal Name; Deposit Accounts. Borrower’s primary place of business, chief executive office, location of all of its property and Deposit Accounts are as set forth on Schedule 5.18 attached hereto.
SECTION 5.19. Investments and Indebtedness. Borrower has not incurred any Indebtedness nor made any investments nor advanced any loans or other funds to or for the benefit of any other Person other than in connection with the Loan Documents.
29 | ||
SECTION 5.20. Capabilities. Borrower has adequate capital, assets, liquidity, personnel, facilities, equipment, software, systems capability and competence to perform its Obligations.
SECTION 5.21. [Reserved].
SECTION 5.22. Taxes. Borrower has filed or caused to be filed all federal and all material state and local tax returns which are required to be filed by it, and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any assessments received by it, except any such taxes, assessments or charges (a) that are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (b) for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.
SECTION 5.23. Solvency. Borrower: (i) is not “insolvent” (as such term is defined in Section 101(31)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code); (ii) is able to pay its debts as they become due; and (iii) does not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged or for any business or transaction in which it is about to engage.
SECTION 5.24. Licenses. Borrower has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on the business of origination, acquisition and sale of the Receivables in each jurisdiction in which such business will be conducted, except where, failure to obtain such license, authorization, consent or approval would not have a Material Adverse Effect. No licenses or approvals obtained by Borrower have been suspended or revoked by any court, administrative agency, arbitrator or governmental body and no proceedings are pending which might result in such suspension or revocation.
SECTION 5.25. Dealings with Obligors. No action or omission on the part of a Seller would give rise to any right under the FDCPA on the part of any Obligor to bring any action or claim that would result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any of its Affiliates (including, but not limited to, all directors, managers and officers of such Affiliates) has advanced funds, induced, or solicited any advance of funds from a party other than the relevant Obligor, directly or indirectly, for the payment of any amount required by any Receivable.
ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS
Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of all of the Obligations, unless PFM shall otherwise consent in writing, it will:
SECTION 6.1. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of each Advance solely to purchase Receivables.
SECTION 6.2. [Reserved].
SECTION 6.3. Business and Existence. Perform all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, maintain the continuous operation of its business and comply in all material respects with each Requirement of Law. Borrower shall not engage in any line of business other than pursuit, negotiation, acquisition and ownership of the Receivables and
30 | ||
related assets and the financing thereof in accordance with the Loan Documents. Borrower shall notify Lenders not less than ten (10) days in advance of any change in the location of its place of business. Without the prior written consent of PFM, Borrower shall not amend its articles of organization or limited liability company operating agreement, or change its jurisdiction of formation and shall comply with all of the provisions of its articles of organization and limited liability company operating agreement.
SECTION 6.4. Indebtedness and Expenses. Not incur, create or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than (i) Indebtedness arising under this Agreement, the Note and the Loan Documents, and (ii) Indebtedness under the Intercompany Note in an amount outstanding not to exceed any Subordinated Loan Amount at any time unless otherwise agreed to by PFM and Lenders, and not incur, create or suffer to exist any expenses except reasonably necessary expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business in performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Note and the Loan Documents, and shall pay and discharge all of its indebtedness (other than the Intercompany Note), obligations and expenses promptly in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the normal terms and practices of its business, before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which otherwise, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to might become a lien upon its properties or assets or any part thereof.
SECTION 6.5. Payment of Taxes and Assessments. Pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies which become due and payable by Borrower to any political entity, subdivision or department thereof under any law now or hereafter in force or effect, except any such taxes, assessments or charges (a) that are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (b) for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.
SECTION 6.6. Notice of Event of Default. Promptly, but no later than two (2) Business Days after Borrower’s first actual knowledge of an Event of Default or any event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default (a “Default”), furnish PFM with prompt written notice of the occurrence of any such event or condition.
SECTION 6.7. Financial Statements; Additional Information; Further Assurances.
(a)Prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Parent, Borrower will deliver to PFM an unaudited consolidated balance sheet, together with a related unaudited statement of income and unaudited statement of cash flow for such quarter, for Parent that will include Borrower. As soon as available and in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year (starting with the year end 2019) of Parent, Borrower will deliver an audited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related audited statement of income and audited statement of cash flow for such fiscal year for Parent that will include Borrower. Together with each delivery of such financial statements, Borrower will deliver a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that (i) such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (other than for the absence of footnotes and normal recurring year-end adjustments), (ii) such financial statements fairly and
31 | ||
accurately present the results of operations and financial condition of Parent in all material respects as of the date of such financial statements and (iii) Borrower is in material compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)Prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, furnish such other financial information in the possession of or readily obtainable by Borrower regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Borrower or its properties or assets as PFM may reasonably request in writing for the purpose of determining compliance with this Agreement or the status of the Collateral (other than financial information with respect to the Obligors that is not in Borrower’s actual possession), including, but not limited to, true and exact copies of its books of account and any audit reports prepared by any Governmental Agency related to Borrower or this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Collateral, and all information furnished by Borrower to any Governmental Agency related to Borrower, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Collateral.
SECTION 6.8. Right of Inspection/Right of Audit.
(a)Prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, permit any person who is designated by PFM on not less than two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice, or, with no prior notice if a Default or an Event of Default exists or is continuing, to visit and inspect during Borrower’s normal business hours any of the properties, books, systems, procedures, financial reports and records of Borrower and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts at all such times and as often as PFM may reasonably request for the purpose of determining compliance with this Agreement or the status of the Collateral. Such visits shall be at Borrower’s sole cost and expense.
(b)Prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, permit PFM, on not less than two(2) Business Days’ prior written notice, or, with no prior notice if a Default or an Event of Default exists or is continuing, to conduct an audit of the properties, books, systems, procedures, financial reports and records of the business activities and operations conducted by a Seller and Borrower in connection with their performance under this Agreement, during regular business hours, at the location the records are then kept by Borrower. Such audits shall be at Borrower’s sole cost and expense.
(c)So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the visits and inspections described in clause (a) above and the audits for which Borrower shall reimburse PFM described in clause (b) above shall not occur more than twice in any twelve-month calendar period.
SECTION 6.9. Liens. Not contract, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any of Borrower’s assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens. Borrower will defend the Collateral against, and will take such other action as is necessary to remove, any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, and will defend the rights and interests of PFM, on behalf of Lenders, in and to any of the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons whomsoever except any person claiming on behalf of Lenders.
SECTION 6.10. Maintenance of Security Interest. Take all such action as may from time to time be necessary to maintain the ownership interest of Borrower in the Collateral and of
32 | ||
the security interests of PFM in the Collateral, including all notices, waivers and recordings, filings, rerecordings and refilings of any documents to maintain the ownership interest of Borrower or the security interests of PFM and the perfection and priority thereof, including the filing of financing statements, and amendments thereto, or continuation statements under the UCC, subject, however to Permitted Liens. In addition, Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole expense, execute and deliver such further documents and take such further action as PFM may reasonably request in order to confirm the ownership interest of Borrower or security interests of PFM and to preserve and protect the priority of such security interests, the full benefits to PFM of this Agreement, and the rights and powers granted to PFM under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, which may include entering into additional control agreements with respect to any bank or securities account of Borrower, or entering into a Servicing Agreement with a replacement Custodian with respect to the Receivables Files.
SECTION 6.11. No Transfer of Servicing Rights. Not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer or encumber any part of the servicing rights with respect to the Receivables or the income therefrom other than as contemplated hereunder and under the Servicing Agreement.
SECTION 6.12. Notification of Litigation, Liens, Material Events. Promptly notify PFM in writing of (i) any material litigation or dispute affecting Borrower whether pending or threatened of which Borrower has actual knowledge, and deliver to PFM copies of all pleadings, unprivileged relevant correspondence and similar documentation relating thereto, (ii) any Lien, security interest, attachment or other legal process asserted against any of the Collateral other than Permitted Liens and (iii) the occurrence of any other event or the discovery of any other information known to Borrower which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 6.13. Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets. Not (i) wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, (ii) except in the exercise of rights under the Purchase Agreements, convey, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of the Receivables or other Collateral or any part thereof, or (iii) create any partnership, joint venture or subsidiary.
SECTION 6.14. Other Agreements. Not enter into any agreement containing any provision which would cause a Default or an Event of Default hereunder or which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any document or instrument delivered or to be delivered by Borrower hereunder or thereunder.
SECTION 6.15. Advances, Investments. Not lend money or make advances to any Person (unless and to the extent the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreements are deemed to be loans or advances), or purchase or acquire any stock, obligation or security of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any Person.
SECTION 6.16. Distributions. Other than amounts paid to Borrower pursuant to clause eighth of Section 4.3, not distribute to its members as dividends or otherwise (including, without limitation, by redemption or return of capital) any of Borrower’s assets or any of the Collateral.
33 | ||
SECTION 6.17. Approvals and Licenses. Maintain all consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, rights, licenses, franchises and permits, if any, required by or from any federal, state or other Governmental Authority, for the conduct of its business and the ownership of its properties, or otherwise obtain a waiver, exemption or variance thereof, except where the failure to so maintain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 6.18. Purchase of Assets. Not directly or indirectly acquire or hold any assets, including any Equity Interests, from any Person other than the purchase of Receivables from a Seller pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement and assets used in connection with Borrower’s business of purchasing and pledging such Receivables.
SECTION 6.19. Maintenance of Books and Records; Change in Accounting Policies. (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Borrower; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over Borrower. In addition, Borrower will not change its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as allowable pursuant to GAAP.
SECTION 6.20. Underwriting Guidelines. Not modify, amend or otherwise change the Underwriting Guidelines without the prior written consent of PFM.
SECTION 6.21. Fraudulent Activities; Violations of Law. Not engage in, and no Person under its direct control or direction shall engage in, any fraudulent activity.
SECTION 6.22. Separate Identity of Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that Lenders are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in reliance upon Borrower’s identity as a legal entity that is separate from Sellers, and that Lenders will be adversely affected if Borrower does not enforce its rights under the Purchase Agreements. Therefore, from and after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall take all reasonable steps, including all steps that PFM may from time to time reasonably request, to maintain Borrower’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that Borrower is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of Parent and any Affiliates thereof, and not a division of Parent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set forth herein, Borrower shall:
(a)maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts;
(b)at all times hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate from its Affiliates and any other Person;
(c)file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under Requirements of Law, to the extent (i) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (ii) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under Requirements of Law;
34 | ||
(d)not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person, and maintain the assets in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of its Affiliates and any other Persons;
(e)conduct its business in its own name;
(f)maintain separate financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and include a footnote in such financial statements stating that Borrower maintains separate assets from its Affiliates and that Borrower’s assets will not be available to creditors of such Affiliates in the event any such Affiliate defaults in its obligations to such creditors;
(g)ensure that any financial statements of any Affiliate of Borrower which are consolidated to include Borrower contain detailed notes clearly stating that (i) all of Borrower’s assets are owned by Borrower, and (ii) Borrower is a separate entity with its own separate creditors that will be entitled to be satisfied out of Borrower’s assets prior to any value in Borrower becoming available to Borrower’s equity holders;
(h)pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;
(i)not permit any Affiliate of Borrower, to be, nor to hold itself out to be, responsible for the debts of Borrower or the decisions or actions in respect of the daily business and affairs of Borrower;
(j)maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates, and not enter into any transaction with its Affiliates (including, but not limited to, all directors, managers and officers of such Affiliates) except as specifically contemplated in the Loan Documents or otherwise permitted by PFM in its sole discretion;
(k)pay the salaries of its own employees, if any;
(l)require that any full-time employees of Borrower identify themselves as such and not as employees of any Affiliate of Borrower (including without limitation, by means of providing appropriate employees with business or identification cards identifying such employees as Borrower’s employees);
(m)not hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;
(n)allocate fairly and reasonably with its Affiliates any overhead for shared office space;
(o)on or before the date which is ten (10) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall have at all times an independent manager, and shall have amended its limited liability company operating agreement to provide that the consent of such independent manager is required for the filing of a voluntary petition for bankruptcy protection under the Bankruptcy Code and with respect to each permitted subsidiary (if any), be a limited liability company that has at all times Borrower as its managing member, and require in its limited liability company operating agreement that the consent of Borrower (which shall include the consent of the independent
35 | ||
manager of Borrower) is required for the filing of a voluntary petition for bankruptcy protection under the Bankruptcy Code;
(p)ensure that Borrower’s operating expenses will not be paid by any Affiliate of Borrower;
(q)use separate stationery, invoices and checks;
(r)not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person or otherwise permit any Lien on its assets to exist or continue to exist, except for Permitted Liens;
(s)correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;
(t)maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purposes, cash flow, financing contemplated by the Loan Documents, and any other Indebtedness which Borrower is permitted to incur under the Loan Documents;
(u)ensure that no Affiliate of Borrower shall, directly or indirectly, name Borrower or enter into any agreement to name Borrower as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee of any insurance policy with respect to property of any Affiliate of Borrower;
(v)cause the board of managers to meet at least semi-annually or act pursuant to written consent and keep minutes of such meetings and actions and observe all other Delaware limited liability company formalities; and
(w)not acquire any obligations or securities of an Affiliate of Borrower.
SECTION 6.23. Maintenance of Property; Insurance. To the extent that Borrower controls the Servicer, cause the Servicer to maintain insurance policies with responsible insurers, each of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to PFM, including the insurance policies and coverages required to be maintained by the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement and any other insurance policies that PFM may reasonably request, consistent with the insurance requirements of the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement. Borrower shall be added as an additional named insured, if permitted, under all such policies. Borrower shall cause Parent to, upon request of PFM, furnish PFM with certificates of insurance evidencing all required coverage. Any such insurance policy may not be cancelled or modified in any manner materially adverse to Lenders without the prior written consent of PFM. Any proceeds received under such insurance policies shall be distributed according to the priorities set forth in Section 4.3.
SECTION 6.24. Investment Company. Not take any actions which would cause Borrower to be an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.
SECTION 6.25. Transactions with Affiliates. Except as contemplated by the Servicing Agreement and the Purchase Agreements, not enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 6.26. Cooperate in Legal Proceedings. Except with respect to any claim by Borrower or its Affiliates against Lenders or by Lenders against Borrower or its Affiliates,
36 | ||
cooperate fully with Lenders with respect to any proceedings before any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to in any way materially and adversely affect the rights of Lenders hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, Lenders may, at their election, participate or designate a representative to participate in any such proceedings.
SECTION 6.27. Plan Assets; ERISA. Do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to ensure that Borrower will not be deemed to hold Plan Assets at any time. Borrower shall not maintain or contribute to, or agree to maintain or contribute to, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to maintain or contribute to or agree to maintain or contribute to, any Plan. Borrower shall not engage in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or substantially similar provisions under federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations or in any transaction that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder (or the exercise by Lenders of any of their rights under this Agreement and the other the Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under such provisions.
SECTION 6.28. Deposit Accounts. Not open any Deposit Accounts after the date hereof without the written approval of PFM.
SECTION 6.29. Creation and Perfection of Security Interest. Do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary to ensure the security interests created for the benefit of PFM under Section 7.1 shall constitute valid, perfected first-priority Liens in the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens.
SECTION 6.30. Delivery of Notice; Consent. Promptly provide PFM with a copy of any written notice that Borrower has received from a Seller pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement unless such Seller shall have already provided PFM with a copy of any such notice. Borrower shall not consent to Sellers taking any action for which the related Purchase Agreement requires that the consent of Borrower be obtained before such action can be taken without first obtaining the prior written consent of PFM, which consent may be withheld in PFM’s sole discretion.
ARTICLE VII COLLATERAL.
SECTION 7.1. Security Interest in Collateral. To secure the payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to PFM a continuing security interest of first priority, subject to Permitted Liens, in all Property and interests in Property of Borrower, whether now owned or existing or hereafter created, acquired or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “Collateral”), including without limitation, Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the Related Security and to the following:
(a)all Accounts and General Intangibles;
(b)all Supporting Obligations;
(c)all goods and equipment;
37 | ||
(d)all inventory;
(e)all rights, contract rights, commercial tort claims, other claims or chooses in action;
(f)any interest in any deposit account (including any interest of Borrower in the Collection Account) and in all “investment property” (as such term is defined under the UCC) held in such accounts;
(g)all contracts, contract rights, chattel paper, instruments, letter of credit rights, letters of credit, intellectual property and documents;
(h)all accessions to, substitutions for and all replacements, products and cash and non-cash proceeds of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) above, including proceeds of and unearned premiums with respect to insurance policies insuring any of the Collateral described therein; and
(i)all books and records (including customer lists, credit files, computer print-outs and other computer materials and records) pertaining to any of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and above.
SECTION 7.2. Lien Perfection. Borrower, on the Closing Date, consented to the filing by PFM of UCC-1 financing statements provided for by the UCC or otherwise, together with any and all other instruments, assignments or documents and shall take such other action as reasonably required to perfect or to continue the perfection of the security interest of PFM in the Collateral. Borrower authorized PFM to use the collateral description “all assets” in any such financing statements. Borrower hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by PFM of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.
SECTION 7.3. Location of Collateral. Except with respect to the Receivables Files, which at all times shall be maintained by the Custodian pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, all tangible Collateral and Collateral in the form of books and records will at all times be kept by Borrower at the business locations set forth on Schedule 5.18 and shall not, without prior written notice to PFM, be moved therefrom.
SECTION 7.4. Protection of Collateral. All insurance expenses and all expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling, maintaining and shipping the Collateral, any and all excise, property, sales and use taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority on any of the Collateral or in respect of the sale thereof shall be borne and paid by Borrower. If Borrower fails to promptly pay any portion thereof when due, PFM may, at its option, but shall not be required to, pay the same and charge Borrower therefor. PFM shall not be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any of the Collateral or for any loss or damage thereto (except for reasonable care in the custody thereof while any Collateral is in PFM’s actual possession) or for any diminution in the value thereof, or for any act or default of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency or other person whomsoever, but the same shall be at Borrower’s sole risk.
SECTION 7.5. Administration of Collateral. If any of the Collateral includes a charge for any tax payable to any Governmental Authority, PFM is authorized, after the occurrence of
38 | ||
an Event of Default and if Borrower has failed to pay such tax, to pay the amount thereof to the proper Governmental Authority for such Collateral and to charge Borrower therefor.
SECTION 7.6. Disputes and Claims Regarding the Collateral; Commercial Tort Claims. Borrower shall notify PFM promptly of all disputes and claims in connection with any of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly notify PFM of any Commercial Tort Claims in which Borrower has an interest and shall provide all necessary information concerning each such Commercial Tort Claim and make all necessary filings with respect thereto to perfect PFM’s first priority security interest therein
SECTION 7.7. Release of Lien Upon Repurchase of Receivables. Upon receipt in the Collection Account of the related Repurchase Price for a repurchased Purchased Asset pursuant to Section 6.4 of the related Purchase Agreement, the Liens and security interests of PFM on such Purchased Asset (and all related items of Collateral) shall be automatically released with no further action by PFM required.
ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULT; TRIGGER EVENT
SECTION 8.1. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:
(a)Payments. Borrower fails to pay any amount due to PFM hereunder within two (2) Business Days after the date such payment is due.
(b)Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any certificate, exhibit or other document required thereunder, other than any representation or warranty relating to Receivables repurchased by Parent, is, on the date so made, false, misleading, incomplete or untrue in any material respect, and Borrower has failed to make such representation or warranty true and correct in all material respects within ten (10) Business Days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure shall have been given to Borrower by PFM, and (ii) the date on which Borrower shall have actual knowledge of such failure (with knowledge by any officer of Borrower being deemed actual knowledge of Borrower for this purpose).
(c)Covenants. To the extent not otherwise covered in this Section 8.1, any covenant, term, agreement or condition contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document is breached by Borrower and such breach continues unremedied for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure shall have been given to Borrower by PFM, and (ii) the date on which Borrower shall have actual knowledge of such failure (with knowledge by any officer of Borrower being deemed actual knowledge of Borrower for this purpose).
(d)Bankruptcy or Insolvency. Borrower or Parent (i) is dissolved, (ii) fails or is unable to or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iii) commences a voluntary case in bankruptcy or any other action or proceeding for any other relief under any law affecting creditors’ rights that is similar to a bankruptcy law, (iv) consents by answer or otherwise to the commencement against it of an involuntary case in bankruptcy or any
39 | ||
other such action or proceeding, or an involuntary case in bankruptcy or any other such action or proceeding in respect of such Person or any of its properties is commenced and is not dismissed on or before the sixtieth (60th) day after the commencement thereof, (v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) files a petition or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver or any trustee for all or a substantial part of its assets, (vii) by any act or omission indicates its consent, approval of, or acquiescence in the appointment of a receiver, custodian or trustee for all or a substantial part of its property, (viii) is adjudicated a bankrupt, becomes insolvent however otherwise evidenced, or (x) ceases to continue as a going concern.
(e)Change in Ownership. If at any time Parent ceases to directly own (beneficially and of record) one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of Borrower.
(f)Fraudulent Conveyances. Borrower or Parent conceals, removes or permits to be concealed or removed, any part of its property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors or any of them, or makes or permits a transfer of any of its property which transfer is fraudulent under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
(g)Security Interests. This Agreement, the Loan Documents and all financing statements filed hereunder cease to create or maintain at any time on or after the Closing Date hereunder a valid and perfected first priority security interest in favor of PFM in all of the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens.
(h)Judgments. Any final and non-appealable judgment in excess of $50,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and such judgment or order shall continue unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days.
(i)Cross Default. Any “default,” “event of default,” “amortization event,” “termination event” or any other similar breach in connection with any material agreement of Borrower, any Indebtedness of Borrower, or with respect to any other loan made by Lenders or their Affiliates to Parent shall have occurred.
(j)[Reserved].
(k)Breach of Loan Documents. Any breach by (i) any Principal of the representations and warranties, covenants or other agreements set forth in the Limited Guaranty that such Principal has failed to cure in all material respects within ten (10) Business Days after the earlier to occur of (A) the date on which written notice of such failure shall have been given to such Principal by PFM, and (B) the date on which such Principal shall have actual knowledge of such failure (with knowledge by one of the Principals being deemed actual knowledge of both Principals for this purpose); or (ii) by Parent of the representations and warranties, covenants or other agreements set forth in the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than any representation or warranty relating to Receivables repurchased by Parent that Parent has failed to cure in all material respects within ten (10) Business Days after the earlier to occur of (A) the date on which written notice of such failure shall have been given to Parent by PFM, and (B) the date on which Parent shall have actual knowledge of such failure (with knowledge by any officer or employee of Parent being deemed actual knowledge of Parent for this purpose).
40 | ||
(l)Trigger Event. A Trigger Event shall have occurred which is not cured within ten (10) Business Days of such occurrence, which cure may include, at Borrower’s discretion, replacing Eligible Receivables for which the Unpaid Principal Balance is more than thirty (30) or sixty (60) days past due, as applicable, with Eligible Receivables for which the Unpaid Principal Balance is less than thirty (30) or sixty (60) days past due, as applicable.
(m)Borrowing Base Deficiency. A Borrowing Base Deficiency shall exist as of any date upon which Borrower is required to deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate, and such Borrowing Base Deficiency is not cured within five (5) days of such date.
(n)Material Adverse Effect. Any event, transaction or circumstance or any series of events, transactions or circumstances shall have occurred which, in PFM’s reasonable discretion, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Borrower or the Receivables.
SECTION 8.2. Effect of Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, prior to the date upon which the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid or performed in full, PFM may take any or all of the following actions:
(a)upon written notice to Borrower, declare the Note to be due and payable, whereupon the principal amount of the Note, all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts owing or payable to Lenders hereunder, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without any other notice of any kind, and without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; provided, however, with respect to any Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(d), the principal amount of the Note, all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts owing or payable to Lenders hereunder, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind, and without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower;
(b)exercise on behalf of itself all rights and remedies available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, which shall include, without limitation, the rights, powers and remedies (i) granted to secured parties under the UCC or any other applicable Uniform Commercial Code; (ii) granted to PFM under any other Requirement of Law; and (iii) granted to PFM under this Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement between Borrower and PFM;
(c)without the consent of Borrower, without advertisements or notices of any kind, or demand of performance or other demand, or obligation or liability (except to account for amounts actually received) to or upon Borrower or any other Person (all such advertisements, notices and demands, obligations and liabilities, if any, hereby being expressly waived and discharged to the extent permitted by Law), forthwith, directly or through its agents or representatives, to (i) disclose such default and other matters (including the name of Borrower) in connection therewith to any Person in PFM’s reasonable discretion; (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable Law enter Borrower’s premises, with or without the assistance of other persons or legal process; (iii) require Borrower to account for (including accounting for any products and proceeds of any Collateral), segregate, assemble, make available and deliver to PFM, its agents or representatives, the Collateral, at any place and time designated by PFM; (iv) take possession
41 | ||
of, operate, remove from any location, collect, transfer and receive, recover, appropriate, foreclose, extend payment of, adjust, compromise, settle, release any claims included in, and do all other acts or things necessary or, that PFM in its sole discretion deems appropriate, to protect, maintain, preserve and realize upon, the Collateral and any proceeds thereof, in whole or in part; and (v) exercise all rights, powers and interests with respect to any and all Collateral, and sell, assign, lease, license, pledge, transfer, negotiate (including endorse checks, drafts, orders or instruments), deliver or otherwise dispose (by contract, option(s) or otherwise) of the Collateral or any part thereof. Any such disposition may be in one or more public or private sales, at or upon an exchange, board or system or in the state where any Collateral is located or elsewhere, at such price, for cash or credit (or for future delivery without credit risk) and upon such other terms and conditions as PFM deems appropriate, with the right of PFM to the extent permitted by Law upon any such sale or sales, public or private, to purchase the whole or any part of said Collateral, free of any right, claim or equity of redemption of or in Borrower (such rights, claims and equity of redemption, if any, hereby being expressly waived). If any of the Collateral is sold or leased by PFM upon credit terms or for future delivery, the Obligations shall not be reduced as a result thereof until payment therefore is finally collected by PFM. Borrower agrees that notice received by PFM at least ten (10) calendar days before the time of any intended public sale, or the time after which any private sale or other disposition of Collateral is to be made, shall be deemed to be reasonable notice of such sale or other disposition. If permitted by applicable Law, any Collateral which threatens to speedily decline in value or which is sold on a recognized market may be sold immediately by PFM without prior notice to Borrower. Borrower covenants and agrees not to interfere with or impose any obstacle to PFM’s exercise of its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral. In dealing with or disposing of the Collateral or any part thereof, PFM shall not be required to give priority or preference to any item of Collateral or otherwise to marshal assets or to take possession or sell any Collateral with judicial process other than as required by applicable Law. In the event PFM institutes an action to recover any Collateral or seeks recovery of any Collateral by way of prejudgment remedy, Borrower waives the posting of any bond which might otherwise be required by Law. Notwithstanding that PFM, whether in its own behalf and/or on behalf of another or others, may continue to hold the Collateral and regardless of the value thereof, or any delay or failure to dispose thereof, unless and then only to the extent that PFM proposes to retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the Obligations by written notice in accordance with the UCC, Borrower shall be and remain liable for the payment in full of any balance of the Obligations and expenses at any time unpaid. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Default, in addition to its other rights and remedies, PFM may (but is not required to), in its sole discretion and to the extent it deems necessary, advisable or appropriate, take or cause to be taken such actions or things to be done (including the payment or advancement of funds, or requiring advancement of funds to be held by PFM to fund such obligations, including taxes or insurance) as may be required hereby (or necessary or desirable in connection herewith) to correct such failure (including causing the Collateral to be maintained or insurance protection required hereby to be procured and maintained) and any and all costs and expenses incurred (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in connection therewith shall be included in the Obligations and shall be immediately due and payable and bear interest at the Default Rate. Nothing in this Section 8.2(c) shall be construed as a waiver of PFM’s obligation to act in all respects in a commercially reasonable manner with respect to PFM’s actions under this Section 8.2; and
42 | ||
(d)to the extent permitted by applicable Law, set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by Lenders to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any of the obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by PFM, irrespective of whether or not PFM shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured.
All such rights, powers and remedies shall be: (x) cumulative and not alternative; (y) enforceable, in PFM’s reasonable discretion, alternatively, successively or concurrently on any one or more occasions; and (z) shall include, without limitation, the right to apply to a court of equity for an injunction to restrain a breach or threatened breach by Borrower of this Agreement. Any single or partial exercise of, or forbearance, failure or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy shall not be, nor shall any such single or partial exercise of, or forbearance, failure or delay be deemed to be a limitation, modification or waiver of any right, power or remedy and shall not preclude the further exercise thereof; and every right, power and remedy of PFM shall continue in full force and effect until such right, power and remedy is specifically waived by an instrument in writing executed and delivered with respect to each such waiver by PFM.
SECTION 8.3. Trigger Events. The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute a “Trigger Event” under this Agreement:
(a)Delinquency Ratio.
(i)With respect to Loan Receivables, at any time, the three-month weighted average of the Delinquency Ratios (weighted by the aggregate outstanding Unpaid Principal Balance of the Loan Receivables at each month end) for the immediately preceding three (3) calendar months exceeds fifteen percent (15%).
(ii)With respect to Lease Receivables, at any time, the three-month weighted average of the Delinquency Ratios (weighted by the aggregate outstanding Remaining
43 | ||
Lease Balance of the Lease Receivables at each month end) for the immediately preceding three (3) calendar months exceeds fifteen percent (15%).
(b)Liquidated Receivables Percentage.
(i)With respect to Loan Receivables, at any time, the three-month weighted average of the Liquidated Receivables Percentages (weighted by the aggregate outstanding Unpaid Principal Balance of the Loan Receivables at each month end) for the immediately preceding three (3) calendar months exceeds three percent (3%).
(ii)With respect to Lease Receivables, at any time, the three-month weighted average of the Liquidated Receivables Percentages (weighted by the aggregate outstanding Remaining Lease Balance of the Lease Receivables at each month end) for the immediately preceding three (3) calendar months exceeds three percent (3%).
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS.
SECTION 9.1. Attorney Costs and Expenses. Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse PFM for all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including all reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel, incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (b) to pay or reimburse PFM for all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding of the type described in Section 8.1(d)), including obtaining, maintaining, protecting and preserving PFM’s interest or security interest in the Collateral foreclosing, retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Collateral or in exercising its rights hereunder or as secured party under the UCC or any other applicable Law, in each case, including all reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable, out-of-pocket search, filing, recording, audit and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by PFM and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by PFM to the extent permitted to be retained by PFM and reimbursed by Borrower hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 9.1 shall be payable within seven (7) Business Days after written demand therefor to Borrower, accompanied by a reasonably detailed accounting thereof; provided, that amounts paid under this Section 9.1 shall be excluded from any claim for indemnification under Section 9.2.
44 | ||
SECTION 9.2. Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless Lenders and their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including all reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel) of any kind or nature which are imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (b) the Note or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, or (c) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. All amounts due under this Section 9.2 shall be payable within seven (7) Business Days after written demand therefor to Borrower, accompanied by a reasonably detailed calculation thereof and reasonably detailed invoices therefor. The agreements in this Section 9.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of the Obligations.
SECTION 9.3. Notices. All notices, demands, instructions and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including facsimile communication) and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by facsimile, electronic means or by overnight courier, to the intended Party at the address or facsimile number of such Party set forth below or at such other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by the Party in a written notice to the other parties given in accordance with this section.
45 | ||
If to Lenders to:
With a copy to:
PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC OHPC LP
C/O SR Alternative Credit, LLC 330 Boston Post Road, 2nd Floor Darien, Connecticut 06820 Attention: Peter Faigl
FOLEY & LARDNER LLP
301 E Pine Street, Suite 1200
Orlando, Florida 32801 Attention: Todd Miller
If to Borrower to: CREDOVA SPV I, LLC
515 W. Aspen Street, Suite 200c
46 | ||
Bozeman, Montana 59715 Attention: Legal
If to Parent to: CREDOVA HOLDINGS, INC. 515 W. Aspen Street, Suite 200c Bozeman, Montana 59715 Attention: Legal
All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be effective, (a) if personally delivered, when received, (b) if sent by certified mail, four (4) Business Days after having been deposited in the mail, postage prepaid and properly on the date received or refused, as shown on the return receipt, (c) if transmitted by facsimile, when sent, receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means and (d) if sent by overnight courier, on the date received or refused, as shown on the tracking report.
SECTION 9.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall continue in full force and effect until payment in full by Borrower of the Obligations and all other amounts owing hereunder and under the Note.
SECTION 9.5. Relationship Between Parties. The relationship between Lenders on the one hand and Borrower on the other shall be solely one of lenders and borrower, and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall constitute the parties hereto partners or co-venturers with one another.
SECTION 9.6. Confidentiality.
(a)Confidentiality Obligation of Borrower and Parent. Each of Borrower and Parent agrees not to disclose the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents except (i) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors and its members (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (v) to any prospective purchaser of Borrower; provided that such purchaser is a party to a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to PFM, or (vi) to the extent such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.6(a). Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of information as provided in this Section 9.6(a) shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such person would accord its own confidential information.
47 | ||
(b)Confidentiality Obligation of Lenders. Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Borrower Information (as defined below) in accordance with all applicable Laws, except that Borrower Information may be disclosed (i) to their and their Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Borrower Information and instructed to keep such Borrower Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by and only to the extent permitted by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the extent required by and only to the extent permitted by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (v) to any actual or prospective syndicate, assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that has agreed to comply with the covenant contained in this Section 9.6(b) (and any such person may disclose such Borrower Information to persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (i) above), or (vi) to the extent such Borrower Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.6(b). For the purposes of this Section, “Borrower Information” means all written borrower/customer data (including in electronic form) received from Borrower or its Affiliates other than any such information that was available to a party hereto on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Borrower Information as provided in this Section 9.6(b) shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised commercially reasonable efforts to do the same using a degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Borrower Information as set forth herein.
SECTION 9.7. Termination. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations and undertakings of the parties hereunder and under the Note have been fully discharged or performed.
SECTION 9.8. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent of any provision of this Agreement, shall in any event be effective without the written consent of PFM and Borrower; provided, however, that any amendment to Section 4.3 or Section 9.8 of this Agreement that would adversely affect the Servicer or the Custodian shall also require the consent of such Person. No party shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder or under the Note unless such waiver is in writing and signed by such party and then only to the extent specifically recited therein. No failure to exercise and no delay or omission in exercising any right, remedy or recourse on the part of any party shall operate or be deemed as a waiver of such right, remedy or recourse hereunder or thereunder or preclude any other or further exercise thereof. A waiver or release on any one occasion shall not be construed as continuing, as a bar to, or as a waiver or release of any subsequent right, remedy or recourse on any subsequent occasion. All rights and remedies of each party, whether pursuant to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other document or instrument delivered hereunder or thereunder, shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be exercised singly, successively or concurrently at the sole discretion of such party and may be exercised as often as occasion therefor may exist. The rights of each party hereunder or any such document or instrument shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided at law or in equity.
48 | ||
SECTION 9.9. Successors and Assigns; Subsequent Lenders. This Agreement shall be binding upon Borrower and Lenders and their respective successors and assigns. Lenders may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of their interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Advances); provided, however, that the parties to each such assignment shall execute an assignment and acceptance agreement (an “Assignment and Acceptance”). From and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of Lenders under this Agreement and (B) Lenders shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.5, 9.1, and 9.2 with respect to matters arising prior to the date such Lender ceases to be a party to this Agreement, as well as to any fees accrued for its account and not yet paid). In addition, a Lender may, without the consent of Borrower, syndicate the loan contemplated hereby or sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (“Participating Lenders”) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Advances); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to Borrower for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Participating Lenders shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 4.5, 9.1, and 9.2 to the same extent as if they were a Lender (but, with respect to any particular Participating Lender, to no greater extent than a Lender) and (iv) Borrower and the Participating Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of Borrower relating to the Advances and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Advances, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Advances, or releasing all or any substantial part of the Collateral). Borrower’s rights or any interest hereunder may not be assigned without the written consent of PFM.
SECTION 9.10. Replacement Note. Upon the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note, Borrower shall execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Note in the same denomination (expressed as the initial principal amount and not the amortized principal amount) and with such notations on the schedule attached to such note as shall evidence all payments of the respective Advances prior to the date of delivery of such replacement Note.
SECTION 9.11. Right of First Refusal; Additional Series. During the Revolving Period, PFM shall have the right to match any financing offer made to Borrower, Parent or its Affiliates under which Borrower, Parent or its Affiliates would finance the purchase of Receivables.
49 | ||
SECTION 9.12. Sale of Receivables. Borrower shall have the right to negotiate for and carry out the sale of Receivables, subject, however, to (a) PFM’s right first refusal to match any offer to purchase Receivables, (b) PFM’s right to receive payment from Borrower immediately upon consummation of any such sale of an amount equal to four percent (4%) of any net profits realized from such sale, and (c) the requirement that the sale of Receivables not result in (i) the occurrence of a Trigger Event, (ii) any violations of the Portfolio Concentration Limits, (iii) a decline of Aggregate Outstanding Advances by more than sixty-six percent (66%), or (iv) any other Event of Default under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9.12, “net profits” shall mean, with respect to any sold Receivable, an amount equal to the gross sale proceeds less any third-party brokerage fees and costs and less the amount the Lenders advanced to Borrower for the purchase of such Receivable.
SECTION 9.13. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE WITHOUT APPLICATION OF CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
SECTION 9.14. Submission to Jurisdiction. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY: (i) SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF, OR THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK AND THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE EVENT THE FEDERAL COURT LACKS OR DECLINES JURISDICTION; (ii) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;
(iii) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.3 OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE OTHER PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED; AND (iv) AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
SECTION 9.15. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDERS HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN IT
50 | ||
RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDERS ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT IT HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT IT WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDERS FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 9.14 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE ADVANCES MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
SECTION 9.16. Enforceability of Agreement. Should any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, all of which shall remain effective and binding on the parties hereto.
SECTION 9.17. Titles. Titles of the Sections of this Agreement are merely for convenience in reading and shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement and shall be ignored in construing any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all Exhibits and Appendices hereto), the Note and the other Loan Documents shall constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto and there are no further or other agreements or undertakings, written or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof unless expressly referred to herein or therein. All prior negotiations, agreements, representations, warranties, statements and undertakings concerning the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto are superseded by this Agreement.
51 | ||
SECTION 9.19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile or other electronic transmission by one party to another party of an executed signature page of this Agreement shall be deemed to be equivalent to delivery of an original signature page, and the transmitting party shall forward the original signature page upon request of the receiving party.
SECTION 9.20. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the Facility Interest Rate, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on the Advance under applicable Law (collectively, the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by Lenders holding such Advance in accordance with applicable Law, the Facility Interest Rate payable hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate.
SECTION 9.21. Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby makes, constitutes and appoints PFM its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to take all actions and to execute, acknowledge, obtain and deliver any and all writings deemed advisable by PFM in order to exercise any rights of Borrower with respect to the Collateral. The foregoing power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable so long as any portion of the Obligations remains contingent, unmatured, unliquidated, unpaid or unperformed. PFM shall have no obligation to exercise any of the foregoing rights and powers in any event.
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW]
52 | ||
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
LENDERS:
PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:
OHPC, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
By:
Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement | ||
BORROWER:
CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:
Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement | ||
EXHIBIT A FORM OF NOTE
March [_], 2026
AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to the order of PFM CREDIT RECOVERY FUND I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and OHPC LP, a Delaware limited partnership (each a “Lender” and together, the “Lenders”), an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Credit and (ii) the unpaid Aggregate Outstanding Advances, together with interest thereon as provided in the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Loan Agreement”), dated as of March 12, 2026, among Lenders and Borrower. Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Promissory Note (this “Note”) have the respective meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.
This Note has been delivered by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement and represents the Note thereunder. The holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Loan Agreement and may enforce the agreements of Borrower herein and therein and exercise the remedies provided for hereby and thereby or otherwise in respect of this Note.
The Aggregate Outstanding Advances shall bear interest from the Closing Date until the date on which the unpaid Advances are reduced to zero as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Interest and principal payments under this Note shall be paid in accordance with Sections 2.3, 2.4, and 2.5 of the Loan Agreement. This Note is secured by and payable from the Collateral.
The date, amount and Facility Interest Rate applicable to the Aggregate Outstanding Advances evidenced by this Note and all payments of the principal hereof and interest thereon and the respective dates thereof shall be recorded by the holder of this Note in its internal records and, prior to any transfer of this Note, endorsed by such holder on the schedule attached hereto; provided, however, that the failure of the holder of this Note to make such a notation or any error in such a notation shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to make payments of principal and interest in accordance with the terms of this Note.
There shall be maintained a register by Borrower at the address provided for in Section 9.3 of the Loan Agreement, or at the office of any of Borrower’s registered assigns, to record ownership of, the Loan and stated interest thereon and register transfers and exchanges of this Note. No transfer of this Note, or rights to the Loan and stated interest thereon, shall be effective unless the transfer has been reflected in the register, and before entry into the register of any transfer of the Note, Borrower shall treat the owner reflected in the register, which shall initially be each Lender, as owner of this Note with the right to receive payments of the Loan and interest
Exhibit A-1 | ||
hereunder. Borrower and Lenders intend that this Note constitute an “obligation issued in registered form” as such term is defined in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c). PFM, on behalf of any applicable Lender, agrees to provide Borrower a duly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, at the time of execution and delivery of this Note or as requested. Borrower agrees to make any and all tax filing as may be necessary to enable payments of interest to be made hereunder free of any U.S. withholding taxes.
ALL ISSUES CONCERNING THE ENFORCEABILITY, VALIDITY AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE WITHOUT APPLICATION OF CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
Upon the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note and upon the receipt of indemnity reasonably acceptable to Borrower (provided that an indemnity agreement of Lenders shall be satisfactory), Borrower shall execute and deliver in lieu hereof a new Note in the same initial principal amount and with such notations on the schedule attached to such Note as shall evidence all prepayments of the Advances prior to the date of delivery of such replacement Note.
Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement.
This Note is an amendment and restatement of that certain Note, dated as of December 7, 2018 (the “Original Note”), and is issued in replacement (and not in repayment) of the Original Note, and is not a novation.
CREDOVA SPV I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: Name:
Title:
Exhibit A-2 | ||
EXHIBIT B
RECEIVABLES REPRESENTATIONS & WARRANTIES
I.A RISC Receivable shall be an Eligible Receivable if it meets each of the following eligibility criteria:
(i)The Receivable. The Receivable (1) represents the obligation of an Obligor to make the payments specified in the related Contract with respect to certain Goods, (2) has been originated by the applicable Originator in the ordinary course of such Originator’s business, (3) represents the obligation of an Obligor that is a resident of the United States of America, (4) does not arise out of or relate to any Obligor that is an Excluded Obligor, (5) was originated in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and any other origination standards of Borrower and Parent as may be approved from time to time by PFM in writing, (6) is payable in Dollars,
(7) does not have an Obligor with a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) below 550 or if the Obligor has no VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond), the credit bureau provided a code of between 0 and 4,
(8) reserved, (9) has a contract payment amount that, when converted to a monthly payment amount, does not exceed $350.00 per month, and (10) was initially originated in the name of the applicable point-of-sale retailer or service provider.
(ii)The Contract. The related Contract (1) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof are adequate for the practical realization against the collateral of the benefits of the security, (2) has been fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, (3) provides for level monthly scheduled installment loan payments (provided that the last payment may be different), (4) does not contain a legally enforceable provision requiring the related Obligor to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the right to payment thereunder unless a written consent of such Obligor has been obtained and (5) complies with applicable Law at the time of origination or, to the extent such Contract failed to comply with applicable Law at the time of origination, such Contract has been amended so that it complies with all applicable Laws.
(iii)Schedule of Receivables. The information contained in each Computer Tape is complete, true and correct in all material respects as of the Funding Date and, as applicable, the date of each Borrowing Base Certificate. No selection procedures believed to be adverse to Borrower or Lenders have been utilized in selecting the Receivable from those receivables that meet the criteria contained herein.
(iv)Location of Files. The related Receivable File has been delivered to the Custodian and, to the extent the Custodian is not also the Servicer, the related “Servicing File” (as that term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) has been delivered to the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreement.
(v)Compliance with Law. The Receivable (including the Contract) complied at the time it was originated and upon the execution of this Agreement, and the sale to Purchaser, complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law.
Exhibit B-1 | ||
(vi)Binding Obligation. Such Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid, and binding payment obligation of the Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(vii)No Government Obligor. Such Receivable is not due from the United States of America or any state, political subdivision thereof, or from any agency, department, or instrumentality of the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof.
(viii)Receivable in Force. Such Receivable has not been satisfied, subordinated, or rescinded.
(ix)No Waiver or Extension. No provision of such Receivable has been waived or amended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures. Such Receivable has not had its original term extended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures.
(x)No Reimbursement. The amount of such Receivable (as evidenced by the related Contract) is not subject to any requirement contained in the related Contract that funds be reimbursed in the event of cancellation of such Contract.
(xi)No Defenses. No right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) has been asserted or threatened with respect to such Receivable.
(xii)No Default. Except payment delinquencies continuing for a period of not more than sixty (60) days, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such Receivable has occurred; and no continuing condition that with notice or the lapse of time would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such Receivable has arisen. Such Receivable is neither a Write-Off nor is more than sixty (60) days past due.
(xiii)Title. Prior to the transfer of such Receivable from a Seller to Borrower, such Good and Related Security and Receivable have not been sold by the Originator or such Seller, as applicable, to any Person other than such Seller or Borrower. Immediately prior to the transfer of such Related Security and Receivable contemplated under the related Purchase Agreement, such Seller had good title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others and, since immediately upon the sale and transfer thereof, Borrower has good and marketable title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others (other than Permitted Liens). Such Related Security and Receivable have not been sold by Borrower to any Person.
(xiv)Valid Assignment. The Receivable has not been originated in and is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the transfer of such Receivable to Borrower pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement or a grant of a security interest to PFM pursuant to this Agreement is unlawful, void or voidable. Neither the applicable Originator of such Receivable
Exhibit B-2 | ||
nor Borrower has not entered into any agreement with the related Obligor that prohibits, restricts or conditions the assignment, pledge or sale of any portion of such Receivable.
(xv)No Liens. No Liens (other than Permitted Liens) exist for work, labor, or materials relating to the Related Security that are Liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the security interest in those items of the Related Security granted by the related Contract.
(xvi)All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to give Borrower a validly perfected security interest in such Receivable has been, or will be, made within ten (10) calendar days of the date Borrower acquired such Receivable.
(xvii)UCC. The Receivable constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” and the related Contract constitutes “tangible chattel paper”, each as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.
(xviii)One Original. There is only one original executed copy of the related Contract. Until such time as the Receivable File is delivered to the Custodian, the applicable Seller or Borrower has possession of such original. Except as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, such original does not have any marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the applicable Seller.
(xix)No Notice of Bankruptcy. Neither the applicable Seller nor Borrower has received notice that the related Obligor is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding.
(xx)Maturity. Such Receivable has an original maturity of not greater than sixty (60) months.
(xxi)Original Loan Balance. Such Receivable does not have an Original Loan Balance greater than $10,000.
(xxii)[Reserved].
(xxiii)Single Receivable Per Financed Receivable. No Good shall be financed by more than one Receivable over the life of the facility.
Exhibit B-3 | ||
II.A CL Receivable shall be an Eligible CL Receivable if it meets each of the following eligibility criteria:
(i)The CL Receivable. The CL Receivable (1) represents the obligation of an Obligor to make the payments specified in the related Contract, (2) has been originated by the applicable Originator in the ordinary course of such Originator’s business, (3) represents the obligation of an Obligor that is a resident of the United States of America, (4) does not arise out of or relate to any Obligor that is an Excluded Obligor, (5) was originated in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and any other origination standards of Originator, Borrower, the applicable Seller and Parent as may be approved from time to time by PFM in writing, (6) is payable in Dollars, (7) does not have an Obligor with a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) below 550 or if the Obligor has no VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond), the credit bureau provided a code of between 0 and 4, and (8) has a contract payment amount that, when converted to a monthly payment amount, does not exceed $350.00 per month.
(ii)The Contract. The related Contract (1) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof are adequate for the practical realization against the collateral of the benefits of the security, (2) has been fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, (3) provides for level monthly scheduled installment loan payments (provided that the last payment may be different), (4) does not contain a legally enforceable provision requiring the related Obligor to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the right to payment thereunder unless a written consent of such Obligor has been obtained and (5) complies with applicable Law at the time of origination or, to the extent such Contract failed to comply with applicable Law at the time of origination, such Contract has been amended so that it complies with all applicable Laws.
(iii)Schedule of CL Receivables. The information contained in each Computer Tape is complete, true and correct in all material respects as of the Funding Date and, as applicable, the date of each Borrowing Base Certificate. No selection procedures believed to be adverse to Borrower or Lenders have been utilized in selecting the CL Receivable from those receivables that meet the criteria contained herein.
(iv)Location of Files. The related Receivable File has been delivered to the Custodian and the related “Servicing File” (as that term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) has been delivered to the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreement.
(v)Compliance with Law. The CL Receivable (including the Contract) complied at the time it was originated and upon the execution of this Agreement, and the sale to Purchaser, complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law.
(vi)Binding Obligation. Such CL Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid, and binding payment obligation of the Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting the
Exhibit B-4 | ||
enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(vii)No Government Obligor. Such CL Receivable is not due from the United States of America or any state, political subdivision thereof, or from any agency, department, or instrumentality of the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof.
(viii)CL Receivable in Force. Such CL Receivable has not been satisfied, subordinated, or rescinded.
(ix)No Waiver or Extension. No provision of such CL Receivable has been waived or amended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures. Such CL Receivable has not had its original term extended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures.
(x)No Reimbursement. The amount of such CL Receivable (as evidenced by the related Contract) is not subject to any requirement contained in the related Contract that funds be reimbursed in the event of cancellation of such Contract.
(xi)No Defenses. No right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) has been asserted or threatened with respect to such CL Receivable.
(xii)No Default. Except payment delinquencies continuing for a period of not more than sixty (60) days, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such CL Receivable has occurred; and no continuing condition that with notice or the lapse of time would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such CL Receivable has arisen. Such CL Receivable is neither a Write-Off nor is more than sixty (60) days past due.
(xiii)Title. Prior to the transfer of such CL Receivable from a Seller to Borrower, such Related Security and CL Receivable have not been sold by the Originator or such Seller, as applicable, to any Person other than such Seller or Borrower. Immediately prior to the transfer of such Related Security and CL Receivable contemplated under the related Purchase Agreement, such Seller had good title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others and, since immediately upon the sale and transfer thereof, Borrower has good and marketable title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others (other than Permitted Liens). Such Related Security and CL Receivable have not been sold by Borrower to any Person.
(xiv)Valid Assignment. The CL Receivable has not been originated in and is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the transfer of such CL Receivable to Borrower pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement or a grant of a security interest to PFM pursuant to this Agreement is unlawful, void or voidable. Neither the applicable Originator of such CL Receivable nor Borrower has not entered into any agreement with the related Obligor that prohibits, restricts or conditions the assignment, pledge or sale of any portion of such CL Receivable.
Exhibit B-5 | ||
(xv)No Liens. No Liens (other than Permitted Liens) exist for work, labor, or materials relating to the Related Security that are Liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the security interest in those items of the Related Security granted by the related Contract.
(xvi)All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to give Borrower a validly perfected security interest in such CL Receivable has been, or will be, made within ten (10) calendar days of the date Borrower acquired such CL Receivable.
(xvii)UCC. The CL Receivable constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” and the related Contract constitutes “tangible chattel paper”, each as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.
(xviii)One Original. There is only one original executed copy of the related Contract. Until such time as the Receivable File is delivered to the Custodian, the applicable Seller or Borrower has possession of such original. Except as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, such original does not have any marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the applicable Seller.
(xix)No Notice of Bankruptcy. None of Originator, the applicable Seller or Borrower has received notice that the related Obligor is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding.
(xx)Maturity. Such CL Receivable has an original maturity of not greater than sixty
(60) months.
(xxi)Original Loan Balance. Such CL Receivable does not have an Original Loan Balance (with respect to a single Obligor) greater than $10,000.
Exhibit B-6 | ||
III.A BNPL Receivable shall be an Eligible BNPL Receivable if it meets each of the following eligibility criteria:
(i)The BNPL Receivable. The BNPL Receivable (1) represents the obligation of an Obligor to make the payments specified in the related Contract, (2) has been originated by the applicable Originator in the ordinary course of such Originator’s business, (3) represents the obligation of an Obligor that is a resident of the United States of America, (4) does not arise out of or relate to any Obligor that is an Excluded Obligor, (5) was originated in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and any other origination standards of Originator, Borrower, the applicable Seller and Parent as may be approved from time to time by PFM in writing, (6) is payable in Dollars, (7) does not have an Obligor with a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) below 620, and (8) has a contract payment amount that, when converted to an equivalent monthly payment amount, does not exceed $350.00 per month.
(ii)The Contract. The related Contract (1) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof are adequate for the practical realization against the collateral of the benefits of the security, (2) has been fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, (3) provides for level weekly, biweekly or semimonthly scheduled installment loan payments (provided that the last payment may be different), (4) does not contain a legally enforceable provision requiring the related Obligor to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the right to payment thereunder unless a written consent of such Obligor has been obtained and (5) complies with applicable Law at the time of origination or, to the extent such Contract failed to comply with applicable Law at the time of origination, such Contract has been amended so that it complies with all applicable Laws.
(iii)Schedule of BNPL Receivables. The information contained in each Computer Tape is complete, true and correct in all material respects as of the Funding Date and, as applicable, the date of each Borrowing Base Certificate. No selection procedures believed to be adverse to Borrower or Lenders have been utilized in selecting the BNPL Receivable from those receivables that meet the criteria contained herein.
(iv)Location of Files. The related Receivable File has been delivered to the Custodian and the related “Servicing File” (as that term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) has been delivered to the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreement.
(v)Compliance with Law. The BNPL Receivable (including the Contract) complied at the time it was originated and upon the execution of this Agreement, and the sale to Purchaser, complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law.
(vi)Binding Obligation. Such BNPL Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid, and binding payment obligation of the Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
Exhibit B-7 | ||
(vii)No Government Obligor. Such BNPL Receivable is not due from the United States of America or any state, political subdivision thereof, or from any agency, department, or instrumentality of the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof.
(viii)BNPL Receivable in Force. Such BNPL Receivable has not been satisfied, subordinated, or rescinded.
(ix)No Waiver or Extension. No provision of such BNPL Receivable has been waived or amended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures. Such BNPL Receivable has not had its original term extended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures.
(x)No Reimbursement. The amount of such BNPL Receivable (as evidenced by the related Contract) is not subject to any requirement contained in the related Contract that funds be reimbursed in the event of cancellation of such Contract.
(xi)No Defenses. No right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) has been asserted or threatened with respect to such BNPL Receivable.
(xii)No Default. Except payment delinquencies continuing for a period of not more than thirty (30) days, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such BNPL Receivable has occurred; and no continuing condition that with notice or the lapse of time would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such BNPL Receivable has arisen. Such BNPL Receivable is neither a Write-Off nor is more than sixty (60) days past due.
(xiii)Title. Prior to the transfer of such BNPL Receivable from a Seller to Borrower, such Related Security and BNPL Receivable have not been sold by the Originator or such Seller, as applicable, to any Person other than such Seller or Borrower. Immediately prior to the transfer of such Related Security and BNPL Receivable contemplated under the related Purchase Agreement, such Seller had good title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others and, since immediately upon the sale and transfer thereof, Borrower has good and marketable title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others (other than Permitted Liens). Such Related Security and BNPL Receivable have not been sold by Borrower to any Person.
Exhibit B-8 | ||
(xiv)Valid Assignment. The BNPL Receivable has not been originated in and is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the transfer of such BNPL Receivable to Borrower pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement or a grant of a security interest to PFM pursuant to this Agreement is unlawful, void or voidable. Neither the applicable Originator of such BNPL Receivable nor Borrower has not entered into any agreement with the related Obligor that prohibits, restricts or conditions the assignment, pledge or sale of any portion of such BNPL Receivable.
(xv)No Liens. No Liens (other than Permitted Liens) exist for work, labor, or materials relating to the Related Security that are Liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the security interest in those items of the Related Security granted by the related Contract.
(xvi)All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to give Borrower a validly perfected security interest in such BNPL Receivable has been, or will be, made within ten (10) calendar days of the date Borrower acquired such BNPL Receivable.
(xvii)UCC. The BNPL Receivable constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” and the related Contract constitutes “tangible chattel paper”, each as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.
(xviii)One Original. There is only one original executed copy of the related Contract. Until such time as the Receivable File is delivered to the Custodian, the applicable Seller or Borrower has possession of such original. Except as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, such original does not have any marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the applicable Seller.
(xix)No Notice of Bankruptcy. None of Originator, the applicable Seller or Borrower has received notice that the related Obligor is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding.
(xx)Maturity. Such BNPL Receivable has an original maturity of not greater than two (2) months.
(xxi)Original Loan Balance. Such BNPL Receivable does not have an Original Loan Balance (with respect to a single Obligor) greater than $1,000.
IV.A Lease Receivable shall be an Eligible Lease Receivable if it meets each of the following eligibility criteria:
(i)The Lease Receivable. The Lease Receivable (1) represents the obligation of an Obligor to make the payments specified in the related Contract with respect to certain Goods, (2) has been originated by the applicable Originator in the ordinary course of such Originator’s business, (3) represents the obligation of an Obligor that is a resident of the United States of America, (4) does not arise out of or relate to any Obligor that is an Excluded Obligor, (5) was originated in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines and any other origination standards of
Exhibit B-9 | ||
Borrower, the applicable Seller and Parent as may be approved from time to time by PFM in writing, (6) does not have a Lease-to-Cost Ratio less than one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%), (7) is payable in Dollars, (8) does not have an Obligor with a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) below 550, (9) the installment lease payment amount of such Lease Receivable, when converted to a monthly payment amount, does not exceed $350.00 per month, (10) does not relate to any Obligor who is a resident of a state where leasing the related Good is illegal, (11) is not secured by a Title II weapon as defined by the National Firearms Act of 1934 nor any semi-automatic weapon that allows for burst fire or has a barrel length under 16”, and (12) was initially originated in the name of the applicable point-of-sale retailer or service provider. For the avoidance of doubt, any new Lease Receivables for which the Borrower/Parent has not obtained a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) will not be considered eligible for funding under the Facility.
(ii)The Contract. The related Contract (1) contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof are adequate for the practical realization against the collateral of the benefits of the security, (2) has been fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, (3) provides for level installment lease payments (provided that the last payment may be different), (4) provides for, in the event that such Good is purchased by the Obligor prior to the end of the lease term, a payment to purchase that pays the cost of the Goods less all lease payments made plus the sum of monthly rent charges through prepayment date, (5) provides for, in the event that such Good is purchased at the end of the lease term, a payment to purchase that pays the specified last payment to purchase amount, (6) does not contain a legally enforceable provision requiring the related Obligor to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the right to payment thereunder unless a written consent of such Obligor has been obtained and (7) complies with applicable Law at the time of origination or, to the extent such Contract failed to comply with applicable Law at the time of origination, such Contract has been amended so that it complies with all applicable Laws.
(iii)Schedule of Lease Receivables. The information contained in each Computer Tape is complete, true and correct in all material respects as of the Funding Date and, as applicable, the date of each Borrowing Base Certificate. No selection procedures believed to be adverse to Borrower or Lenders have been utilized in selecting the Lease Receivable from those receivables that meet the criteria contained herein.
(iv)Location of Files. The related Receivable File has been delivered to the Custodian and, to the extent the Custodian is not also the Servicer, the related “Servicing File” (as that term is defined in the Servicing Agreement) has been delivered to the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreement.
(v)Compliance with Law. The Lease Receivable (including the Contract) and the lease of the related Good complied at the time it was originated and upon the execution of this Agreement, and the sale to Purchaser, complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law.
Exhibit B-10 | ||
(vi)Binding Obligation. Such Lease Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid,
and binding payment obligation of the Obligor, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(vii)No Government Obligor. Such Lease Receivable is not due from the United States of America or any state, political subdivision thereof, or from any agency, department, or instrumentality of the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof.
(viii)Lease Receivable in Force. Such Lease Receivable has not been satisfied, subordinated, or rescinded.
(ix)No Waiver or Extension. No provision of such Lease Receivable has been waived or amended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures. Such Lease Receivable has not had its original lease term extended other than in accordance with the Policies and Procedures.
(x)No Reimbursement. The amount of such Lease Receivable (as evidenced by the related Contract) is not subject to any requirement contained in the related Contract that funds be reimbursed in the event of cancellation of such Contract.
(xi)No Defenses. No right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) has been asserted or threatened with respect to such Lease Receivable.
(xii)No Default. Except payment delinquencies continuing for a period of not more than sixty (60) days, no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such Lease Receivable has occurred; and no continuing condition that with notice or the lapse of time would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of such Lease Receivable has arisen. Such Lease Receivable is neither a Write-Off nor is more than sixty (60) days past due.
(xiii)Title. Prior to the transfer of such Lease Receivable from a Seller to Purchaser, such Good and Related Security and Lease Receivable have not been sold by the Originator or such Seller, as applicable, to any Person other than Borrower. Immediately prior to the transfer of such Good and Related Security and Lease Receivable contemplated under the related Purchase Agreement, such Seller had good title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others and, since immediately upon the sale and transfer thereof, Borrower has good and marketable title to such assets free and clear of all Liens, encumbrances, security interests, participations and rights of others (other than Permitted Liens). Such Good and Related Security and Lease Receivable have not been sold by Borrower to any Person. Such Seller has fully paid the retailer for such Goods in good and available funds and all taxes have been paid in full at the time of such sale.
Exhibit B-11 | ||
(xiv)Valid Assignment. The Lease Receivable has not been originated in and is not subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction under which the transfer of such Lease Receivable to Borrower pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement or a grant of a security interest to PFM pursuant to this Agreement is unlawful, void or voidable. Neither the applicable Originator nor Borrower has entered into any agreement with the related Obligor that prohibits, restricts or conditions the assignment, pledge or sale of any portion of such Lease Receivable.
(xv)No Liens. No Liens (other than Permitted Liens) exist for work, labor, or materials relating to the Related Security that are Liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the security interest in those items of the Related Security granted by the related Contract.
(xvi)All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to give Borrower a validly perfected security interest in such Lease Receivable has been, or will be, made within ten (10) calendar days of the date Borrower acquired such Lease Receivable.
(xvii)UCC. The Lease Receivable constitutes an “account” or a “general intangible” and the related Contract constitutes “tangible chattel paper”, each as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.
(xviii)One Original. There is only one original executed copy of the related Contract. Until such time as the Receivable File is delivered to the Custodian, the applicable Seller or Borrower has possession of such original. Except as set forth in Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, such original does not have any marks or notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the applicable Seller.
(xix)No Notice of Bankruptcy. Neither the applicable Seller nor Borrower has received notice that the related Obligor is a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding.
(xx)Maturity. Such Lease Receivable has an original maturity of not greater than twenty-four (24) months.
(xxi)Original Lease Balance. Such Lease Receivable does not have an Original Lease Balance greater than $10,000.
(xxii)Cost of Goods. Such Lease Receivable does not relate to Goods that have an original purchase price greater than $5,000.
(xxiii)Single Receivable Per Financed Receivable. No Good shall be financed by more than one Lease Receivable over the life of the facility.
Exhibit B-12 | ||
Portfolio Concentration Limits (with respect to all Receivables). Such Receivable does not, when included in the portfolio of the Eligible Receivables, cause:
(A)more than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate Calculated Principal Balances of the Eligible Receivables to be comprised of Receivables sourced from Obligors residing in any one state;
(B)the weighted average VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) to be less than 700 with respect to Prime RISC Receivables, 610 with respect to all other RISC Receivables and the Lease Receivables, and 665 with respect to CL Receivables;
(C)more than 5% of the aggregate Calculated Principal Balances of the Eligible Receivables to be comprised of Receivables that have a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond) below 565, or have a code of between 0 and 4 instead of a VantageScore™ 3.0 (or beyond);
(D)the weighted average interest rate to be less than 25% with respect to Prime RISC Receivables, 75% with respect to all other RISC Receivables, and 30% with respect to CL Receivables;
(E)more than twenty-three percent (23%) of the aggregate Calculated Principal Balances of the Eligible Receivables to be sourced from a single retail seller during any one calendar month;
(F)more than five percent (5%) of the aggregate Calculated Principal Balances of the Eligible Receivables to be comprised of BNPL Receivables;
(G)the weighted average Lease-to-Cost ratio of the Lease Receivables to be less than 215%;
(H)more than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balances of the Eligible Loan Receivables to be comprised of Receivables with Original Loan Balances greater than $5,000; and
(I)the weighted average Original Term of the Loan Receivables (excluding the BNPL Receivables) to be more than 20 months.
Exhibit B-13 | ||
EXHIBIT C POLICIES AND PROCEDURES LOAN ACQUISITION PROCESS
[see attached]
Exhibit C-1 | ||
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
[see attached]
Exhibit D-1 | ||
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
[see attached]
Exhibit E-1 | ||
EXHIBIT F COMPUTER TAPE INFORMATION
[see attached]
Exhibit F-1 | ||
EXHIBIT G RECEIVABLE FILES INFORMATION
With respect to each Receivable:
(a)the original executed Contract, together with any modifications or amendments thereto, endorsed in blank.
(b)the original credit application fully executed by the related Obligor or a photocopy thereof or a record thereof on a computer file or diskette or on microfiche.
(c)the original ACH authorization executed by the related Obligor.
(d)a copy of all other documentation (other than the Contract) delivered by the applicable Seller to the related Obligor, including: (i) if applicable, notice of right of rescission, duly completed and executed by the related Obligor, (ii) privacy disclosure, executed by the related Obligor, and (iii) the related credit decision.
(e)any and all other documents (including any computer file or diskette or microfiche and any customer correspondence or notations of customer communications) that the applicable Seller keeps on file, in accordance with its customary procedures, relating to a Receivable or the Related Security, or an Obligor.
Exhibit G-1 | ||
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF REMITTANCE REPORT
[see attached]
Exhibit H-1 | ||
SCHEDULE 5.18
LOCATIONS, LEGAL NAMES AND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS
Legal Name: Credova SPV I, LLC
Primary Place of Business
And Chief Executive Office 515 W. Aspen Street, Suite 200c Bozeman, MT 59715
Deposit Accounts Credova SPV I, LLC
DACA Deposit Account # 1706010061 DACA Deposit Routing #
Bank Name: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Bank Address:
Mail Address Code: D1129-075 301 South Tryon Street, 7th Floor Charlotte, NC 28282-1915
Exhibit 10.41
Exhibit 23.1
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-274668, 333-278074 and 333-284379) and on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-282846, 333-282847, 333-287151 and 333-287154) of PSQ Holdings, Inc. of our report dated March 17, 2026, which for the year ended December 31, 2025, appears in this annual report on Form 10-K.
/s/ UHY LLP
Melville, New York
March 17, 2026
An Independent Member of Urbach Hacker Young International
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Dusty Wunderlich, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PSQ Holdings, Inc.;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 17, 2026 | By: | /s/ Dusty Wunderlich | ||||||
| Dusty Wunderlich | ||||||||
| President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) | ||||||||
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, James Rinn, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PSQ Holdings, Inc.;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 17, 2026 | By: | /s/ James Rinn | ||||||
| James Rinn | ||||||||
| Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | ||||||||
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of PSQ Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
Date: March 17, 2026 | By: | /s/ Dusty Wunderlich | ||||||
| Dusty Wunderlich | ||||||||
| President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board | ||||||||
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of PSQ Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
Date: March 17, 2026 | By: | /s/ James Rinn | ||||||
James Rinn | ||||||||
| Chief Financial Officer | ||||||||